// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { IERC721Receiver } from "../interfaces/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./TransferHelperStructs.sol";
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import {
    ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";
import { Conduit } from "../conduit/Conduit.sol";
import { ConduitTransfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import {
    TransferHelperInterface
} from "../interfaces/TransferHelperInterface.sol";
import { TransferHelperErrors } from "../interfaces/TransferHelperErrors.sol";
/**
 * @title TransferHelper
 * @author stephankmin, stuckinaboot, ryanio
 * @notice TransferHelper is a utility contract for transferring
 *         ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items in bulk to specific recipients.
 */
contract TransferHelper is TransferHelperInterface, TransferHelperErrors {
    // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
    ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;
    // Set conduit creation code and runtime code hashes as immutable arguments.
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH;
    /**
     * @dev Set the supplied conduit controller and retrieve its
     *      conduit creation code hash.
     *
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) {
        // Get the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes from the
        // supplied conduit controller and set them as an immutable.
        ConduitControllerInterface controller = ConduitControllerInterface(
            conduitController
        );
        (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, _CONDUIT_RUNTIME_CODE_HASH) = controller
            .getConduitCodeHashes();
        // Set the supplied conduit controller as an immutable.
        _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = controller;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer multiple ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 items to
     *         specified recipients.
     *
     * @param items      The items to transfer to an intended recipient.
     * @param conduitKey An optional conduit key referring to a conduit through
     *                   which the bulk transfer should occur.
     *
     * @return magicValue A value indicating that the transfers were successful.
     */
    function bulkTransfer(
        TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) external override returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Ensure that a conduit key has been supplied.
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, address(0));
        }
        // Use conduit derived from supplied conduit key to perform transfers.
        _performTransfersWithConduit(items, conduitKey);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.bulkTransfer.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Perform multiple transfers to specified recipients via the
     *         conduit derived from the provided conduit key.
     *
     * @param transfers  The items to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key referring to the conduit through
     *                   which the bulk transfer should occur.
     */
    function _performTransfersWithConduit(
        TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata transfers,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve total number of transfers and place on stack.
        uint256 numTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Derive the conduit address from the deployer, conduit key
        // and creation code hash.
        address conduit = address(
            uint160(
                uint256(
                    keccak256(
                        abi.encodePacked(
                            bytes1(0xff),
                            address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER),
                            conduitKey,
                            _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH
                        )
                    )
                )
            )
        );
        // Declare a variable to store the sum of all items across transfers.
        uint256 sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers;
        // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each transfer.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
                    i
                ];
                // Increment totalItems by the number of items in the transfer.
                sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers += transfer.items.length;
            }
        }
        // Declare a new array in memory with length totalItems to populate with
        // each conduit transfer.
        ConduitTransfer[] memory conduitTransfers = new ConduitTransfer[](
            sumOfItemsAcrossAllTransfers
        );
        // Declare an index for storing ConduitTransfers in conduitTransfers.
        uint256 itemIndex;
        // Skip overflow checks: all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each transfer.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < numTransfers; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the transfer in question.
                TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient calldata transfer = transfers[
                    i
                ];
                // Retrieve the items of the transfer in question.
                TransferHelperItem[] calldata transferItems = transfer.items;
                // Ensure recipient is not the zero address.
                _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(transfer.recipient);
                // Create a boolean indicating whether validateERC721Receiver
                // is true and recipient is a contract.
                bool callERC721Receiver = transfer.validateERC721Receiver &&
                    transfer.recipient.code.length != 0;
                // Retrieve the total number of items in the transfer and
                // place on stack.
                uint256 numItemsInTransfer = transferItems.length;
                // Iterate over each item in the transfer to create a
                // corresponding ConduitTransfer.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < numItemsInTransfer; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve the item from the transfer.
                    TransferHelperItem calldata item = transferItems[j];
                    if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
                        // Ensure that the identifier of an ERC20 token is 0.
                        if (item.identifier != 0) {
                            revert InvalidERC20Identifier();
                        }
                    }
                    // If the item is an ERC721 token and
                    // callERC721Receiver is true...
                    if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
                        if (callERC721Receiver) {
                            // Check if the recipient implements
                            // onERC721Received for the given tokenId.
                            _checkERC721Receiver(
                                conduit,
                                transfer.recipient,
                                item.identifier
                            );
                        }
                    }
                    // Create a ConduitTransfer corresponding to each
                    // TransferHelperItem.
                    conduitTransfers[itemIndex] = ConduitTransfer(
                        item.itemType,
                        item.token,
                        msg.sender,
                        transfer.recipient,
                        item.identifier,
                        item.amount
                    );
                    // Increment the index for storing ConduitTransfers.
                    ++itemIndex;
                }
            }
        }
        // Attempt the external call to transfer tokens via the derived conduit.
        try ConduitInterface(conduit).execute(conduitTransfers) returns (
            bytes4 conduitMagicValue
        ) {
            // Check if the value returned from the external call matches
            // the conduit `execute` selector.
            if (conduitMagicValue != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
                // If the external call fails, revert with the conduit key
                // and conduit address.
                revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
            }
        } catch Error(string memory reason) {
            // Catch reverts with a provided reason string and
            // revert with the reason, conduit key and conduit address.
            revert ConduitErrorRevertString(reason, conduitKey, conduit);
        } catch (bytes memory data) {
            // Conduits will throw a custom error when attempting to transfer
            // native token item types or an ERC721 item amount other than 1.
            // Bubble up these custom errors when encountered. Note that the
            // conduit itself will bubble up revert reasons from transfers as
            // well, meaning that these errors are not necessarily indicative of
            // an issue with the item type or amount in cases where the same
            // custom error signature is encountered during a conduit transfer.
            // Set initial value of first four bytes of revert data to the mask.
            bytes4 customErrorSelector = bytes4(0xffffffff);
            // Utilize assembly to read first four bytes (if present) directly.
            assembly {
                // Combine original mask with first four bytes of revert data.
                customErrorSelector := and(
                    mload(add(data, 0x20)), // Data begins after length offset.
                    customErrorSelector
                )
            }
            // Pass through the custom error in question if the revert data is
            // the correct length and matches an expected custom error selector.
            if (
                data.length == 4 &&
                (customErrorSelector == InvalidItemType.selector ||
                    customErrorSelector == InvalidERC721TransferAmount.selector)
            ) {
                // "Bubble up" the revert reason.
                assembly {
                    revert(add(data, 0x20), 0x04)
                }
            }
            // Catch all other reverts from the external call to the conduit and
            // include the conduit's raw revert reason as a data argument to a
            // new custom error.
            revert ConduitErrorRevertBytes(data, conduitKey, conduit);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice An internal function to check if a recipient address implements
     *         onERC721Received for a given tokenId. Note that this check does
     *         not adhere to the safe transfer specification and is only meant
     *         to provide an additional layer of assurance that the recipient
     *         can receive the tokens — any hooks or post-transfer checks will
     *         fail and the caller will be the transfer helper rather than the
     *         ERC721 contract. Note that the conduit is set as the operator, as
     *         it will be the caller once the transfer is performed.
     *
     * @param conduit   The conduit to provide as the operator when calling
     *                  onERC721Received.
     * @param recipient The ERC721 recipient on which to call onERC721Received.
     * @param tokenId   The ERC721 tokenId of the token being transferred.
     */
    function _checkERC721Receiver(
        address conduit,
        address recipient,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal {
        // Check if recipient can receive ERC721 tokens.
        try
            IERC721Receiver(recipient).onERC721Received(
                conduit,
                msg.sender,
                tokenId,
                ""
            )
        returns (bytes4 selector) {
            // Check if onERC721Received selector is valid.
            if (selector != IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector) {
                // Revert if recipient cannot accept
                // ERC721 tokens.
                revert InvalidERC721Recipient(recipient);
            }
        } catch (bytes memory data) {
            // "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
            revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
                data,
                recipient,
                msg.sender,
                tokenId
            );
        } catch Error(string memory reason) {
            // "Bubble up" recipient's revert reason.
            revert ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
                reason,
                recipient,
                msg.sender,
                tokenId
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice An internal function that reverts if the passed-in recipient
     *         is the zero address.
     *
     * @param recipient The recipient on which to perform the check.
     */
    function _checkRecipientIsNotZeroAddress(address recipient) internal pure {
        // Revert if the recipient is the zero address.
        if (recipient == address(0x0)) {
            revert RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
interface IERC721Receiver {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
/**
 * @dev A TransferHelperItem specifies the itemType (ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155),
 *      token address, token identifier, and amount of the token to be
 *      transferred via the TransferHelper. For ERC20 tokens, identifier
 *      must be 0. For ERC721 tokens, amount must be 1.
 */
struct TransferHelperItem {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
/**
 * @dev A TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient specifies the tokens to transfer
 *      via the TransferHelper, their intended recipient, and a boolean flag
 *      indicating whether onERC721Received should be called on a recipient
 *      contract.
 */
struct TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient {
    TransferHelperItem[] items;
    address recipient;
    bool validateERC721Receiver;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
 * @title ConduitControllerInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
 *         structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
 */
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
     *      channels for each deployed conduit.
     */
    struct ConduitProperties {
        bytes32 key;
        address owner;
        address potentialOwner;
        address[] channels;
        mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
     *
     * @param conduit    The newly created conduit.
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
     */
    event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
     *
     * @param conduit       The conduit for which ownership has been
     *                      transferred.
     * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
     * @param newOwner      The new owner of the conduit.
     */
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed conduit,
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
     *      owner for that conduit.
     *
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
     *      conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
     *      address of the caller.
     */
    error InvalidCreator();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
     *      initial owner address is supplied.
     */
    error InvalidInitialOwner();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
     *      that is already set.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
        address conduit,
        address newPotentialOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
     *      when no new potential owner is currently set.
     */
    error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
     *      does not yet exist.
     */
    error NoConduit();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
     *      already exists.
     */
    error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
     *      ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
     *      owner and supplying the null address.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
     *      with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
     *      index that is out of range.
     */
    error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
     *         an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
     *         twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
     *         and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
     *         deployed using the same conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey   The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
     *                     the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
     *                     the caller of this contract.
     * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
     */
    function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
        external
        returns (address conduit);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
     *         specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
     *         Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
     *         or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
     *         tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
     * @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
     * @param isOpen  A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
     */
    function updateChannel(
        address conduit,
        address channel,
        bool isOpen
    ) external;
    /**
     * @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
     *         owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
     *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
        external;
    /**
     * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
     */
    function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
     *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
     *         function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
     */
    function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
     *
     * @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
     */
    function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
     *         lookup.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
     *                key.
     *
     * @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
     */
    function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);
    /**
     * @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
     *         determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
     *         deployed).
     *
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
     * @return exists  A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
     *                 deployed or not.
     */
    function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
        external
        view
        returns (address conduit, bool exists);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
     *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
     *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
     *         the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
     *
     * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
     */
    function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address potentialOwner);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
     *         a conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
     * @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
     *
     * @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
        external
        view
        returns (bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
     *
     * @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
     */
    function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 totalChannels);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
     *         Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
     *         channels being closed on the conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit      The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
     * @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
     *
     * @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
     */
    function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
        external
        view
        returns (address channel);
    /**
     * @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
     *         this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
     *         an out-of-gas error.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
     *
     * @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory channels);
    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
     */
    function getConduitCodeHashes()
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Conduit
 * @author 0age
 * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
 *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
 *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
 *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
 *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
 *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
 *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
 *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
 */
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
    address private immutable _controller;
    // Track the status of each channel.
    mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
    /**
     * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
     *         on the conduit.
     */
    modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
        // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
        assembly {
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
            // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
            // and check if the stored value is zero.
            if iszero(
                sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
            ) {
                // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the deployer as the controller.
        _controller = msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        override
        onlyOpenChannel
        returns (bytes4 magicValue)
    {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Iterate over each transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(transfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.execute.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
     *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
     * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
        // Iterate over each standard transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
        // pointer having the default value.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
        if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
            revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
        }
        // Update the status of the channel.
        _channels[channel] = isOpen;
        // Emit a corresponding event.
        emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
     *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
     *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
     */
    function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
        // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
        if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
            // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
            // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
            // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
            // on item malleability is desired.
            _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (item.amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Transfer ERC721 token.
            _performERC721Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token.
            _performERC1155Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount
            );
        } else {
            // Throw with an error.
            revert InvalidItemType();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import {
    TransferHelperItem,
    TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient
} from "../helpers/TransferHelperStructs.sol";
interface TransferHelperInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Transfer multiple items to a single recipient.
     *
     * @param items The items to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  The key of the conduit performing the bulk transfer.
     */
    function bulkTransfer(
        TransferHelperItemsWithRecipient[] calldata items,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
 * @title TransferHelperErrors
 */
interface TransferHelperErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers with a
     *      NATIVE itemType.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an ERC721 transfer
     *      to an invalid recipient.
     */
    error InvalidERC721Recipient(address recipient);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
     *      bytes data.
     */
    error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertBytes(
        bytes reason,
        address receiver,
        address sender,
        uint256 identifier
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a ERC721 receiver reverts with
     *      string reason.
     */
    error ERC721ReceiverErrorRevertString(
        string reason,
        address receiver,
        address sender,
        uint256 identifier
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token has an invalid identifier.
     */
    error InvalidERC20Identifier();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if the recipient is the zero address.
     */
    error RecipientCannotBeZeroAddress();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
     *      invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
     */
    error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with a
     *      reason string.
     */
    error ConduitErrorRevertString(
        string reason,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        address conduit
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit reverts with bytes
     *      data.
     */
    error ConduitErrorRevertBytes(
        bytes reason,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        address conduit
    );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
    0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {ERC1967Proxy} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
/// @dev Zora NFT Creator Proxy Access Contract
contract ERC721DropProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data)
        payable
        ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data)
    {}
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "./ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializating the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        assert(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT == bytes32(uint256(keccak256("eip1967.proxy.implementation")) - 1));
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overriden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overriden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822Proxiable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (interfaces/IERC1967.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC-1967: Proxy Storage Slots. This interface contains the events defined in the ERC.
 *
 * _Available since v4.9._
 */
interface IERC1967 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is changed.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/beacon/BeaconProxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IBeacon.sol";
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that gets the implementation address for each call from an {UpgradeableBeacon}.
 *
 * The beacon address is stored in storage slot `uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1`, so that it doesn't
 * conflict with the storage layout of the implementation behind the proxy.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
contract BeaconProxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the proxy with `beacon`.
     *
     * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon. This
     * will typically be an encoded function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity
     * constructor.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `beacon` must be a contract with the interface {IBeacon}.
     */
    constructor(address beacon, bytes memory data) payable {
        _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon address.
     */
    function _beacon() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _getBeacon();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address of the associated beacon.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address) {
        return IBeacon(_getBeacon()).implementation();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the proxy to use a new beacon. Deprecated: see {_upgradeBeaconToAndCall}.
     *
     * If `data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to the implementation returned by the beacon.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `beacon` must be a contract.
     * - The implementation returned by `beacon` must be a contract.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address beacon, bytes memory data) internal virtual {
        _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(beacon, data, false);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeacon {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/UpgradeableBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IBeacon.sol";
import "../../access/Ownable.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract is used in conjunction with one or more instances of {BeaconProxy} to determine their
 * implementation contract, which is where they will delegate all function calls.
 *
 * An owner is able to change the implementation the beacon points to, thus upgrading the proxies that use this beacon.
 */
contract UpgradeableBeacon is IBeacon, Ownable {
    address private _implementation;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation returned by the beacon is changed.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Sets the address of the initial implementation, and the deployer account as the owner who can upgrade the
     * beacon.
     */
    constructor(address implementation_) {
        _setImplementation(implementation_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function implementation() public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _implementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades the beacon to a new implementation.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - msg.sender must be the owner of the contract.
     * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets the implementation contract address for this beacon
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `newImplementation` must be a contract.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "UpgradeableBeacon: implementation is not a contract");
        _implementation = newImplementation;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../Proxy.sol";
import "./ERC1967Upgrade.sol";
/**
 * @dev This contract implements an upgradeable proxy. It is upgradeable because calls are delegated to an
 * implementation address that can be changed. This address is stored in storage in the location specified by
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967], so that it doesn't conflict with the storage layout of the
 * implementation behind the proxy.
 */
contract ERC1967Proxy is Proxy, ERC1967Upgrade {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the upgradeable proxy with an initial implementation specified by `_logic`.
     *
     * If `_data` is nonempty, it's used as data in a delegate call to `_logic`. This will typically be an encoded
     * function call, and allows initializing the storage of the proxy like a Solidity constructor.
     */
    constructor(address _logic, bytes memory _data) payable {
        _upgradeToAndCall(_logic, _data, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual override returns (address impl) {
        return ERC1967Upgrade._getImplementation();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeacon.sol";
import "../../interfaces/IERC1967.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlot.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967Upgrade is IERC1967 {
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlot.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822Proxiable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(Address.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            Address.isContract(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            Address.functionDelegateCall(IBeacon(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (proxy/Proxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides a fallback function that delegates all calls to another contract using the EVM
 * instruction `delegatecall`. We refer to the second contract as the _implementation_ behind the proxy, and it has to
 * be specified by overriding the virtual {_implementation} function.
 *
 * Additionally, delegation to the implementation can be triggered manually through the {_fallback} function, or to a
 * different contract through the {_delegate} function.
 *
 * The success and return data of the delegated call will be returned back to the caller of the proxy.
 */
abstract contract Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to `implementation`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _delegate(address implementation) internal virtual {
        assembly {
            // Copy msg.data. We take full control of memory in this inline assembly
            // block because it will not return to Solidity code. We overwrite the
            // Solidity scratch pad at memory position 0.
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // Call the implementation.
            // out and outsize are 0 because we don't know the size yet.
            let result := delegatecall(gas(), implementation, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            // Copy the returned data.
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            switch result
            // delegatecall returns 0 on error.
            case 0 {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            default {
                return(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This is a virtual function that should be overridden so it returns the address to which the fallback function
     * and {_fallback} should delegate.
     */
    function _implementation() internal view virtual returns (address);
    /**
     * @dev Delegates the current call to the address returned by `_implementation()`.
     *
     * This function does not return to its internal call site, it will return directly to the external caller.
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual {
        _beforeFallback();
        _delegate(_implementation());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if no other
     * function in the contract matches the call data.
     */
    fallback() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Fallback function that delegates calls to the address returned by `_implementation()`. Will run if call data
     * is empty.
     */
    receive() external payable virtual {
        _fallback();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before falling back to the implementation. Can happen as part of a manual `_fallback`
     * call, or as part of the Solidity `fallback` or `receive` functions.
     *
     * If overridden should call `super._beforeFallback()`.
     */
    function _beforeFallback() internal virtual {}
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/transparent/ProxyAdmin.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol";
import "../../access/Ownable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is an auxiliary contract meant to be assigned as the admin of a {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. For an
 * explanation of why you would want to use this see the documentation for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}.
 */
contract ProxyAdmin is Ownable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyImplementation(ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("implementation()")) == 0x5c60da1b
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"5c60da1b");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin of `proxy`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function getProxyAdmin(ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy) public view virtual returns (address) {
        // We need to manually run the static call since the getter cannot be flagged as view
        // bytes4(keccak256("admin()")) == 0xf851a440
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(proxy).staticcall(hex"f851a440");
        require(success);
        return abi.decode(returndata, (address));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of `proxy` to `newAdmin`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the current admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function changeProxyAdmin(ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address newAdmin) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.changeAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation`. See {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeTo}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgrade(ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy, address implementation) public virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeTo(implementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrades `proxy` to `implementation` and calls a function on the new implementation. See
     * {TransparentUpgradeableProxy-upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - This contract must be the admin of `proxy`.
     */
    function upgradeAndCall(
        ITransparentUpgradeableProxy proxy,
        address implementation,
        bytes memory data
    ) public payable virtual onlyOwner {
        proxy.upgradeToAndCall{value: msg.value}(implementation, data);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.3) (proxy/transparent/TransparentUpgradeableProxy.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967Proxy.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}. In order to implement transparency, {TransparentUpgradeableProxy}
 * does not implement this interface directly, and some of its functions are implemented by an internal dispatch
 * mechanism. The compiler is unaware that these functions are implemented by {TransparentUpgradeableProxy} and will not
 * include them in the ABI so this interface must be used to interact with it.
 */
interface ITransparentUpgradeableProxy is IERC1967 {
    function admin() external view returns (address);
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
    function changeAdmin(address) external;
    function upgradeTo(address) external;
    function upgradeToAndCall(address, bytes memory) external payable;
}
/**
 * @dev This contract implements a proxy that is upgradeable by an admin.
 *
 * To avoid https://medium.com/nomic-labs-blog/malicious-backdoors-in-ethereum-proxies-62629adf3357[proxy selector
 * clashing], which can potentially be used in an attack, this contract uses the
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/the-transparent-proxy-pattern/[transparent proxy pattern]. This pattern implies two
 * things that go hand in hand:
 *
 * 1. If any account other than the admin calls the proxy, the call will be forwarded to the implementation, even if
 * that call matches one of the admin functions exposed by the proxy itself.
 * 2. If the admin calls the proxy, it can access the admin functions, but its calls will never be forwarded to the
 * implementation. If the admin tries to call a function on the implementation it will fail with an error that says
 * "admin cannot fallback to proxy target".
 *
 * These properties mean that the admin account can only be used for admin actions like upgrading the proxy or changing
 * the admin, so it's best if it's a dedicated account that is not used for anything else. This will avoid headaches due
 * to sudden errors when trying to call a function from the proxy implementation.
 *
 * Our recommendation is for the dedicated account to be an instance of the {ProxyAdmin} contract. If set up this way,
 * you should think of the `ProxyAdmin` instance as the real administrative interface of your proxy.
 *
 * NOTE: The real interface of this proxy is that defined in `ITransparentUpgradeableProxy`. This contract does not
 * inherit from that interface, and instead the admin functions are implicitly implemented using a custom dispatch
 * mechanism in `_fallback`. Consequently, the compiler will not produce an ABI for this contract. This is necessary to
 * fully implement transparency without decoding reverts caused by selector clashes between the proxy and the
 * implementation.
 *
 * WARNING: It is not recommended to extend this contract to add additional external functions. If you do so, the compiler
 * will not check that there are no selector conflicts, due to the note above. A selector clash between any new function
 * and the functions declared in {ITransparentUpgradeableProxy} will be resolved in favor of the new one. This could
 * render the admin operations inaccessible, which could prevent upgradeability. Transparency may also be compromised.
 */
contract TransparentUpgradeableProxy is ERC1967Proxy {
    /**
     * @dev Initializes an upgradeable proxy managed by `_admin`, backed by the implementation at `_logic`, and
     * optionally initialized with `_data` as explained in {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
     */
    constructor(
        address _logic,
        address admin_,
        bytes memory _data
    ) payable ERC1967Proxy(_logic, _data) {
        _changeAdmin(admin_);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier used internally that will delegate the call to the implementation unless the sender is the admin.
     *
     * CAUTION: This modifier is deprecated, as it could cause issues if the modified function has arguments, and the
     * implementation provides a function with the same selector.
     */
    modifier ifAdmin() {
        if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
            _;
        } else {
            _fallback();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev If caller is the admin process the call internally, otherwise transparently fallback to the proxy behavior
     */
    function _fallback() internal virtual override {
        if (msg.sender == _getAdmin()) {
            bytes memory ret;
            bytes4 selector = msg.sig;
            if (selector == ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.upgradeTo.selector) {
                ret = _dispatchUpgradeTo();
            } else if (selector == ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.upgradeToAndCall.selector) {
                ret = _dispatchUpgradeToAndCall();
            } else if (selector == ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.changeAdmin.selector) {
                ret = _dispatchChangeAdmin();
            } else if (selector == ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.admin.selector) {
                ret = _dispatchAdmin();
            } else if (selector == ITransparentUpgradeableProxy.implementation.selector) {
                ret = _dispatchImplementation();
            } else {
                revert("TransparentUpgradeableProxy: admin cannot fallback to proxy target");
            }
            assembly {
                return(add(ret, 0x20), mload(ret))
            }
        } else {
            super._fallback();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103`
     */
    function _dispatchAdmin() private returns (bytes memory) {
        _requireZeroValue();
        address admin = _getAdmin();
        return abi.encode(admin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation.
     *
     * TIP: To get this value clients can read directly from the storage slot shown below (specified by EIP1967) using the
     * https://eth.wiki/json-rpc/API#eth_getstorageat[`eth_getStorageAt`] RPC call.
     * `0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc`
     */
    function _dispatchImplementation() private returns (bytes memory) {
        _requireZeroValue();
        address implementation = _implementation();
        return abi.encode(implementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _dispatchChangeAdmin() private returns (bytes memory) {
        _requireZeroValue();
        address newAdmin = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (address));
        _changeAdmin(newAdmin);
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy.
     */
    function _dispatchUpgradeTo() private returns (bytes memory) {
        _requireZeroValue();
        address newImplementation = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (address));
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, bytes(""), false);
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy, and then call a function from the new implementation as specified
     * by `data`, which should be an encoded function call. This is useful to initialize new storage variables in the
     * proxied contract.
     */
    function _dispatchUpgradeToAndCall() private returns (bytes memory) {
        (address newImplementation, bytes memory data) = abi.decode(msg.data[4:], (address, bytes));
        _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, true);
        return "";
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _admin() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _getAdmin();
    }
    /**
     * @dev To keep this contract fully transparent, all `ifAdmin` functions must be payable. This helper is here to
     * emulate some proxy functions being non-payable while still allowing value to pass through.
     */
    function _requireZeroValue() private {
        require(msg.value == 0);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlot {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";
import { ConduitItemType } from "./lib/ConduitEnums.sol";
import { TokenTransferrer } from "../lib/TokenTransferrer.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "./lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
import "./lib/ConduitConstants.sol";
/**
 * @title Conduit
 * @author 0age
 * @notice This contract serves as an originator for "proxied" transfers. Each
 *         conduit is deployed and controlled by a "conduit controller" that can
 *         add and remove "channels" or contracts that can instruct the conduit
 *         to transfer approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens. *IMPORTANT NOTE: each
 *         conduit has an owner that can arbitrarily add or remove channels, and
 *         a malicious or negligent owner can add a channel that allows for any
 *         approved ERC20/721/1155 tokens to be taken immediately — be extremely
 *         cautious with what conduits you give token approvals to!*
 */
contract Conduit is ConduitInterface, TokenTransferrer {
    // Set deployer as an immutable controller that can update channel statuses.
    address private immutable _controller;
    // Track the status of each channel.
    mapping(address => bool) private _channels;
    /**
     * @notice Ensure that the caller is currently registered as an open channel
     *         on the conduit.
     */
    modifier onlyOpenChannel() {
        // Utilize assembly to access channel storage mapping directly.
        assembly {
            // Write the caller to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, caller())
            // Write the storage slot for _channels to scratch space.
            mstore(ChannelKey_slot_ptr, _channels.slot)
            // Derive the position in storage of _channels[msg.sender]
            // and check if the stored value is zero.
            if iszero(
                sload(keccak256(ChannelKey_channel_ptr, ChannelKey_length))
            ) {
                // The caller is not an open channel; revert with
                // ChannelClosed(caller). First, set error signature in memory.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_signature)
                // Next, set the caller as the argument.
                mstore(ChannelClosed_channel_ptr, caller())
                // Finally, revert, returning full custom error with argument.
                revert(ChannelClosed_error_ptr, ChannelClosed_error_length)
            }
        }
        // Continue with function execution.
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice In the constructor, set the deployer as the controller.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Set the deployer as the controller.
        _controller = msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        override
        onlyOpenChannel
        returns (bytes4 magicValue)
    {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = transfers.length;
        // Iterate over each transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(transfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.execute.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single ERC20/721/1155 item
     *         transfers as well as batch 1155 item transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function. Note that channels
     *         are expected to implement reentrancy protection if desired, and
     *         that cross-channel reentrancy may be possible if the conduit has
     *         multiple open channels at once. Also note that channels are
     *         expected to implement checks against transferring any zero-amount
     *         items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers The ERC20/721/1155 item transfers to perform.
     * @param batchTransfers    The 1155 batch item transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the item transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) external override onlyOpenChannel returns (bytes4 magicValue) {
        // Retrieve the total number of transfers and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalStandardTransfers = standardTransfers.length;
        // Iterate over each standard transfer.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalStandardTransfers; ) {
            // Retrieve the transfer in question and perform the transfer.
            _transfer(standardTransfers[i]);
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
        // Perform 1155 batch transfers. Note that memory should be considered
        // entirely corrupted from this point forward aside from the free memory
        // pointer having the default value.
        _performERC1155BatchTransfers(batchTransfers);
        // Return a magic value indicating that the transfers were performed.
        magicValue = this.executeWithBatch1155.selector;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external override {
        // Ensure that the caller is the controller of this contract.
        if (msg.sender != _controller) {
            revert InvalidController();
        }
        // Ensure that the channel does not already have the indicated status.
        if (_channels[channel] == isOpen) {
            revert ChannelStatusAlreadySet(channel, isOpen);
        }
        // Update the status of the channel.
        _channels[channel] = isOpen;
        // Emit a corresponding event.
        emit ChannelUpdated(channel, isOpen);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given ERC20/721/1155 item. Note that
     *      channels are expected to implement checks against transferring any
     *      zero-amount items if that constraint is desired.
     *
     * @param item The ERC20/721/1155 item to transfer.
     */
    function _transfer(ConduitTransfer calldata item) internal {
        // Determine the transfer method based on the respective item type.
        if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC20) {
            // Transfer ERC20 token. Note that item.identifier is ignored and
            // therefore ERC20 transfer items are potentially malleable — this
            // check should be performed by the calling channel if a constraint
            // on item malleability is desired.
            _performERC20Transfer(item.token, item.from, item.to, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC721) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (item.amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }
            // Transfer ERC721 token.
            _performERC721Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ConduitItemType.ERC1155) {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token.
            _performERC1155Transfer(
                item.token,
                item.from,
                item.to,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount
            );
        } else {
            // Throw with an error.
            revert InvalidItemType();
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// prettier-ignore
import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);
    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";
// prettier-ignore
import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";
import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )
            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )
            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )
                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }
                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }
                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }
                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }
                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }
            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)
            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)
            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )
            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )
                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)
                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }
            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.
            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)
            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset
            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr
            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )
            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )
                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)
                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }
                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )
                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )
                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )
                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }
                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)
                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )
                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))
                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )
                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )
                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )
                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )
                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )
                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)
                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)
                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }
                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }
                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )
                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)
                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )
                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )
                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }
            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";
struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}
struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
// error ChannelClosed(address channel)
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_signature = (
    0x93daadf200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_channel_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant ChannelClosed_error_length = 0x24;
// For the mapping:
// mapping(address => bool) channels
// The position in storage for a particular account is:
// keccak256(abi.encode(account, channels.slot))
uint256 constant ChannelKey_channel_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_slot_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant ChannelKey_length = 0x40;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */
uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100
// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;
// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;
// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;
// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;
uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;
// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;
// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >=0.8.7;
/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
 */
import {ERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/ERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721AUpgradeable} from "erc721a-upgradeable/IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import {IERC2981Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC2981Upgradeable.sol";
import {AccessControlUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/AccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import {ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable.sol";
import {MerkleProofUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/cryptography/MerkleProofUpgradeable.sol";
import {UUPSUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol";
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "./interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./interfaces/IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {IERC721Drop} from "./interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
import {IOwnable} from "./interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
import {IERC4906} from "./interfaces/IERC4906.sol";
import {IFactoryUpgradeGate} from "./interfaces/IFactoryUpgradeGate.sol";
import {OwnableSkeleton} from "./utils/OwnableSkeleton.sol";
import {FundsReceiver} from "./utils/FundsReceiver.sol";
import {Version} from "./utils/Version.sol";
import {PublicMulticall} from "./utils/PublicMulticall.sol";
import {ERC721DropStorageV1} from "./storage/ERC721DropStorageV1.sol";
/**
 * @notice ZORA NFT Base contract for Drops and Editions
 *
 * @dev For drops: assumes 1. linear mint order, 2. max number of mints needs to be less than max_uint64
 *       (if you have more than 18 quintillion linear mints you should probably not be using this contract)
 * @author [email protected]
 *
 */
contract ERC721Drop is
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    UUPSUpgradeable,
    IERC2981Upgradeable,
    IERC4906,
    ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable,
    AccessControlUpgradeable,
    IERC721Drop,
    PublicMulticall,
    OwnableSkeleton,
    FundsReceiver,
    Version(12),
    ERC721DropStorageV1
{
    /// @dev This is the max mint batch size for the optimized ERC721A mint contract
    uint256 internal immutable MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE = 8;
    /// @dev Gas limit to send funds
    uint256 internal immutable FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT = 210_000;
    /// @notice Access control roles
    bytes32 public immutable MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER");
    bytes32 public immutable SALES_MANAGER_ROLE = keccak256("SALES_MANAGER");
    /// @dev ZORA V3 transfer helper address for auto-approval
    address public immutable zoraERC721TransferHelper;
    /// @dev Factory upgrade gate
    IFactoryUpgradeGate public immutable factoryUpgradeGate;
    /// @notice Zora Mint Fee
    uint256 private immutable ZORA_MINT_FEE;
    /// @notice Mint Fee Recipient
    address payable private immutable ZORA_MINT_FEE_RECIPIENT;
    /// @notice Max royalty BPS
    uint16 constant MAX_ROYALTY_BPS = 50_00;
    // /// @notice Empty string for blank comments
    // string constant EMPTY_STRING = "";
    /// @notice Market filter DAO address for opensea filter registry
    address public immutable marketFilterDAOAddress;
    IOperatorFilterRegistry immutable operatorFilterRegistry =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    /// @notice Only allow for users with admin access
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        if (!hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender())) {
            revert Access_OnlyAdmin();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Only a given role has access or admin
    /// @param role role to check for alongside the admin role
    modifier onlyRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role) {
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender()) &&
            !hasRole(role, _msgSender())
        ) {
            revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(role);
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Allows user to mint tokens at a quantity
    modifier canMintTokens(uint256 quantity) {
        if (quantity + _totalMinted() > config.editionSize) {
            revert Mint_SoldOut();
        }
        _;
    }
    function _presaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.presaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.presaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    function _publicSaleActive() internal view returns (bool) {
        return
            salesConfig.publicSaleStart <= block.timestamp &&
            salesConfig.publicSaleEnd > block.timestamp;
    }
    /// @notice Presale active
    modifier onlyPresaleActive() {
        if (!_presaleActive()) {
            revert Presale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Public sale active
    modifier onlyPublicSaleActive() {
        if (!_publicSaleActive()) {
            revert Sale_Inactive();
        }
        _;
    }
    /// @notice Getter for last minted token ID (gets next token id and subtracts 1)
    function _lastMintedTokenId() internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _currentIndex - 1;
    }
    /// @notice Start token ID for minting (1-100 vs 0-99)
    function _startTokenId() internal pure override returns (uint256) {
        return 1;
    }
    /// @notice Global constructor – these variables will not change with further proxy deploys
    /// @dev Marked as an initializer to prevent storage being used of base implementation. Can only be init'd by a proxy.
    /// @param _zoraERC721TransferHelper Transfer helper
    /// @param _factoryUpgradeGate Factory upgrade gate address
    /// @param _marketFilterDAOAddress Market filter DAO address
    /// @param _mintFeeAmount Mint fee amount in wei
    /// @param _mintFeeRecipient Mint fee recipient address
    constructor(
        address _zoraERC721TransferHelper,
        IFactoryUpgradeGate _factoryUpgradeGate,
        address _marketFilterDAOAddress,
        uint256 _mintFeeAmount,
        address payable _mintFeeRecipient
    ) initializer {
        zoraERC721TransferHelper = _zoraERC721TransferHelper;
        factoryUpgradeGate = _factoryUpgradeGate;
        marketFilterDAOAddress = _marketFilterDAOAddress;
        ZORA_MINT_FEE = _mintFeeAmount;
        ZORA_MINT_FEE_RECIPIENT = _mintFeeRecipient;
    }
    ///  @dev Create a new drop contract
    ///  @param _contractName Contract name
    ///  @param _contractSymbol Contract symbol
    ///  @param _initialOwner User that owns and can mint the edition, gets royalty and sales payouts and can update the base url if needed.
    ///  @param _fundsRecipient Wallet/user that receives funds from sale
    ///  @param _editionSize Number of editions that can be minted in total. If type(uint64).max, unlimited editions can be minted as an open edition.
    ///  @param _royaltyBPS BPS of the royalty set on the contract. Can be 0 for no royalty.
    ///  @param _setupCalls Bytes-encoded list of setup multicalls
    ///  @param _metadataRenderer Renderer contract to use
    ///  @param _metadataRendererInit Renderer data initial contract
    function initialize(
        string memory _contractName,
        string memory _contractSymbol,
        address _initialOwner,
        address payable _fundsRecipient,
        uint64 _editionSize,
        uint16 _royaltyBPS,
        bytes[] calldata _setupCalls,
        IMetadataRenderer _metadataRenderer,
        bytes memory _metadataRendererInit
    ) public initializer {
        // Setup ERC721A
        __ERC721A_init(_contractName, _contractSymbol);
        // Setup access control
        __AccessControl_init();
        // Setup re-entracy guard
        __ReentrancyGuard_init();
        // Setup the owner role
        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _initialOwner);
        // Set ownership to original sender of contract call
        _setOwner(_initialOwner);
        if (_setupCalls.length > 0) {
            // Setup temporary role
            _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);
            // Execute setupCalls
            multicall(_setupCalls);
            // Remove temporary role
            _revokeRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, msg.sender);
        }
        if (config.royaltyBPS > MAX_ROYALTY_BPS) {
            revert Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(MAX_ROYALTY_BPS);
        }
        // Setup config variables
        config.editionSize = _editionSize;
        config.metadataRenderer = _metadataRenderer;
        config.royaltyBPS = _royaltyBPS;
        config.fundsRecipient = _fundsRecipient;
        _metadataRenderer.initializeWithData(_metadataRendererInit);
    }
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool) {
        return hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, user);
    }
    /// @notice Connects this contract to the factory upgrade gate
    /// @param newImplementation proposed new upgrade implementation
    /// @dev Only can be called by admin
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation)
        internal
        override
        onlyAdmin
    {
        if (
            !factoryUpgradeGate.isValidUpgradePath({
                _newImpl: newImplementation,
                _currentImpl: _getImplementation()
            })
        ) {
            revert Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(newImplementation);
        }
    }
    //        ,-.
    //        `-'
    //        /|\\
    //         |             ,----------.
    //        / \\            |ERC721Drop|
    //      Caller           `----+-----'
    //        |       burn()      |
    //        | ------------------>
    //        |                   |
    //        |                   |----.
    //        |                   |    | burn token
    //        |                   |<---'
    //      Caller           ,----+-----.
    //        ,-.            |ERC721Drop|
    //        `-'            `----------'
    //        /|\\
    //         |
    //        / \\
    /// @param tokenId Token ID to burn
    /// @notice User burn function for token id
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public {
        _burn(tokenId, true);
    }
    /// @dev Get royalty information for token
    /// @param _salePrice Sale price for the token
    function royaltyInfo(uint256, uint256 _salePrice)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount)
    {
        if (config.fundsRecipient == address(0)) {
            return (config.fundsRecipient, 0);
        }
        return (
            config.fundsRecipient,
            (_salePrice * config.royaltyBPS) / 10_000
        );
    }
    /// @notice Sale details
    /// @return IERC721Drop.SaleDetails sale information details
    function saleDetails()
        external
        view
        returns (IERC721Drop.SaleDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.SaleDetails({
                publicSaleActive: _publicSaleActive(),
                presaleActive: _presaleActive(),
                publicSalePrice: salesConfig.publicSalePrice,
                publicSaleStart: salesConfig.publicSaleStart,
                publicSaleEnd: salesConfig.publicSaleEnd,
                presaleStart: salesConfig.presaleStart,
                presaleEnd: salesConfig.presaleEnd,
                presaleMerkleRoot: salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                totalMinted: _totalMinted(),
                maxSupply: config.editionSize,
                maxSalePurchasePerAddress: salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
            });
    }
    /// @dev Number of NFTs the user has minted per address
    /// @param minter to get counts for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails memory)
    {
        return
            IERC721Drop.AddressMintDetails({
                presaleMints: presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                publicMints: _numberMinted(minter) -
                    presaleMintsByAddress[minter],
                totalMints: _numberMinted(minter)
            });
    }
    /// @dev Setup auto-approval for Zora v3 access to sell NFT
    ///      Still requires approval for module
    /// @param nftOwner owner of the nft
    /// @param operator operator wishing to transfer/burn/etc the NFTs
    function isApprovedForAll(address nftOwner, address operator)
        public
        view
        override(IERC721Upgradeable, ERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        if (operator == zoraERC721TransferHelper) {
            return true;
        }
        return super.isApprovedForAll(nftOwner, operator);
    }
    /// @notice ZORA fee is fixed now per mint
    /// @dev Gets the zora fee for amount of withdraw
    function zoraFeeForAmount(uint256 quantity)
        public
        view
        returns (address payable recipient, uint256 fee)
    {
        recipient = ZORA_MINT_FEE_RECIPIENT;
        fee = ZORA_MINT_FEE * quantity;
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     PUBLIC MINTING FUNCTIONS       ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                       ,----------.
    //                       / \\                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                     `----+-----'
    //                       |          purchase()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------->
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?      !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Mint_SoldOut()    |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  public sale isn't active?        |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            |    revert Sale_Inactive()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |
    //          ___________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?           |               !
    //          !_____/      |                             |               !
    //          !            | revert Purchase_WrongPrice()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       |                             |----.
    //                       |                             |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                             |<---'
    //                       |                             |
    //                       | return first minted token ID|
    //                       | <----------------------------
    //                     Caller                     ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                      |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                      `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /**
      @dev This allows the user to purchase a edition edition
           at the given price in the contract.
     */
    /// @notice Purchase a quantity of tokens
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @return tokenId of the first token minted
    function purchase(uint256 quantity)
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _handlePurchase(quantity, "");
    }
    /// @notice Purchase a quantity of tokens with a comment
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param comment comment to include in the IERC721Drop.Sale event
    /// @return tokenId of the first token minted
    function purchaseWithComment(uint256 quantity, string calldata comment)
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPublicSaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _handlePurchase(quantity, comment);
    }
    function _handlePurchase(uint256 quantity, string memory comment) internal returns (uint256) {
        uint256 salePrice = salesConfig.publicSalePrice;
        if (msg.value != (salePrice + ZORA_MINT_FEE) * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice((salePrice + ZORA_MINT_FEE) * quantity);
        }
        // If max purchase per address == 0 there is no limit.
        // Any other number, the per address mint limit is that.
        if (
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress != 0 &&
            _numberMinted(_msgSender()) +
                quantity -
                presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] >
            salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress
        ) {
            revert Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        _payoutZoraFee(quantity);
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: salePrice,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        if(bytes(comment).length > 0) {
            emit IERC721Drop.MintComment({
                sender: _msgSender(),
                tokenContract: address(this),
                tokenId: firstMintedTokenId,
                quantity: quantity,
                comment: comment
            });
        }
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /// @notice Function to mint NFTs
    /// @dev (important: Does not enforce max supply limit, enforce that limit earlier)
    /// @dev This batches in size of 8 as per recommended by ERC721A creators
    /// @param to address to mint NFTs to
    /// @param quantity number of NFTs to mint
    function _mintNFTs(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        do {
            uint256 toMint = quantity > MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                ? MAX_MINT_BATCH_SIZE
                : quantity;
            _mint({to: to, quantity: toMint});
            quantity -= toMint;
        } while (quantity > 0);
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         purchasePresale()         |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  presale sale isn't active?             |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |     revert Presale_Inactive()     |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  merkle proof unapproved for caller?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  inadequate funds sent?                 |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |    revert Purchase_WrongPrice()   |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit IERC721Drop.Sale()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return first minted token ID   |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _handlePurchasePresale(quantity, maxQuantity, pricePerToken, merkleProof, "");
    }
    /// @notice Merkle-tree based presale purchase function with a comment
    /// @param quantity quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity max quantity that can be purchased via merkle proof #
    /// @param pricePerToken price that each token is purchased at
    /// @param merkleProof proof for presale mint
    /// @param comment comment to include in the IERC721Drop.Sale event
    function purchasePresaleWithComment(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof,
        string calldata comment
    )
        external
        payable
        nonReentrant
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        onlyPresaleActive
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return _handlePurchasePresale(quantity, maxQuantity, pricePerToken, merkleProof, comment);
    }
    function _handlePurchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] calldata merkleProof,
        string memory comment
    ) internal returns (uint256) {
        if (
            !MerkleProofUpgradeable.verify(
                merkleProof,
                salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot,
                keccak256(
                    // address, uint256, uint256
                    abi.encode(_msgSender(), maxQuantity, pricePerToken)
                )
            )
        ) {
            revert Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
        }
        if (msg.value != (pricePerToken + ZORA_MINT_FEE) * quantity) {
            revert Purchase_WrongPrice(
                (pricePerToken + ZORA_MINT_FEE) * quantity
            );
        }
        presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] += quantity;
        if (presaleMintsByAddress[_msgSender()] > maxQuantity) {
            revert Presale_TooManyForAddress();
        }
        _mintNFTs(_msgSender(), quantity);
        uint256 firstMintedTokenId = _lastMintedTokenId() - quantity;
        _payoutZoraFee(quantity);
        emit IERC721Drop.Sale({
            to: _msgSender(),
            quantity: quantity,
            pricePerToken: pricePerToken,
            firstPurchasedTokenId: firstMintedTokenId
        });
        if (bytes(comment).length > 0) {
            emit IERC721Drop.MintComment({
                sender: _msgSender(),
                tokenContract: address(this),
                tokenId: firstMintedTokenId,
                quantity: quantity,
                comment: comment
            });
        }
        return firstMintedTokenId;
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     ADMIN OPERATOR FILTERING       ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    /// @notice Proxy to update market filter settings in the main registry contracts
    /// @notice Requires admin permissions
    /// @param args Calldata args to pass to the registry
    function updateMarketFilterSettings(bytes calldata args)
        external
        onlyAdmin
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        (bool success, bytes memory ret) = address(operatorFilterRegistry).call(
            args
        );
        if (!success) {
            revert RemoteOperatorFilterRegistryCallFailed();
        }
        return ret;
    }
    /// @notice Manage subscription to the DAO for marketplace filtering based off royalty payouts.
    /// @param enable Enable filtering to non-royalty payout marketplaces
    function manageMarketFilterDAOSubscription(bool enable) external onlyAdmin {
        address self = address(this);
        if (marketFilterDAOAddress == address(0x0)) {
            revert MarketFilterDAOAddressNotSupportedForChain();
        }
        if (!operatorFilterRegistry.isRegistered(self) && enable) {
            operatorFilterRegistry.registerAndSubscribe(
                self,
                marketFilterDAOAddress
            );
        } else if (enable) {
            operatorFilterRegistry.subscribe(self, marketFilterDAOAddress);
        } else {
            operatorFilterRegistry.unsubscribe(self, false);
            operatorFilterRegistry.unregister(self);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Hook to filter operators (no-op if no filters are registered)
    /// @dev Part of ERC721A token hooks
    /// @param from Transfer from user
    /// @param to Transfer to user
    /// @param startTokenId Token ID to start with
    /// @param quantity Quantity of token being transferred
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual override {
        if (
            from != address(0) && // skip on mints
            from != msg.sender // skip on transfers from sender
        ) {
            if (
                !operatorFilterRegistry.isOperatorAllowed(
                    address(this),
                    msg.sender
                )
            ) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(msg.sender);
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***     ADMIN MINTING FUNCTIONS        ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |            adminMint()            |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for caller to mint?            !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | mint tokens
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Mint admin
    /// @param recipient recipient to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    function adminMint(address recipient, uint256 quantity)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(quantity)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        _mintNFTs(recipient, quantity);
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |         adminMintAirdrop()        |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or minter role?    |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  drop has no tokens left for recipients to mint?        !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            |       revert Mint_SoldOut()       |               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _____________________________________
    //                       |                    ! LOOP  /  for all recipients        !
    //                       |                    !______/       |                     !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                !
    //                       |                    !              |    | mint tokens    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |    return last minted token ID    |
    //                       | <----------------------------------
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This mints multiple editions to the given list of addresses.
    /// @param recipients list of addresses to send the newly minted editions to
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] calldata recipients)
        external
        override
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(MINTER_ROLE)
        canMintTokens(recipients.length)
        returns (uint256)
    {
        uint256 atId = _currentIndex;
        uint256 startAt = atId;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 endAt = atId + recipients.length;
                atId < endAt;
                atId++
            ) {
                _mintNFTs(recipients[atId - startAt], 1);
            }
        }
        return _lastMintedTokenId();
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***  ADMIN CONFIGURATION FUNCTIONS     ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?          |               !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set owner
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev Set new owner for royalties / opensea
    /// @param newOwner new owner to set
    function setOwner(address newOwner) public onlyAdmin {
        _setOwner(newOwner);
    }
    /// @notice Set a new metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new renderer address to use
    /// @param setupRenderer data to setup new renderer with
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        config.metadataRenderer = newRenderer;
        if (setupRenderer.length > 0) {
            newRenderer.initializeWithData(setupRenderer);
        }
        emit UpdatedMetadataRenderer({
            sender: _msgSender(),
            renderer: newRenderer
        });
        _notifyMetadataUpdate();
    }
    /// @notice Calls the metadata renderer contract to make an update and uses the EIP4906 event to notify
    /// @param data raw calldata to call the metadata renderer contract with.
    /// @dev Only accessible via an admin role
    function callMetadataRenderer(bytes memory data)
        public
        onlyAdmin
        returns (bytes memory)
    {
        (bool success, bytes memory response) = address(config.metadataRenderer)
            .call(data);
        if (!success) {
            revert ExternalMetadataRenderer_CallFailed();
        }
        _notifyMetadataUpdate();
        return response;
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |      setSalesConfiguration()      |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin?                   |               !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set funds recipient
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit FundsRecipientChanged()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @dev This sets the sales configuration
    /// @param publicSalePrice New public sale price
    /// @param maxSalePurchasePerAddress Max # of purchases (public) per address allowed
    /// @param publicSaleStart unix timestamp when the public sale starts
    /// @param publicSaleEnd unix timestamp when the public sale ends (set to 0 to disable)
    /// @param presaleStart unix timestamp when the presale starts
    /// @param presaleEnd unix timestamp when the presale ends
    /// @param presaleMerkleRoot merkle root for the presale information
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE) {
        salesConfig.publicSalePrice = publicSalePrice;
        salesConfig.maxSalePurchasePerAddress = maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        salesConfig.publicSaleStart = publicSaleStart;
        salesConfig.publicSaleEnd = publicSaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleStart = presaleStart;
        salesConfig.presaleEnd = presaleEnd;
        salesConfig.presaleMerkleRoot = presaleMerkleRoot;
        emit SalesConfigChanged(_msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                    ,----------.
    //                       / \\                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                  `----+-----'
    //                       |        setOwner()        |
    //                       | ------------------------->
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |
    //          ________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?    !
    //          !_____/      |                          |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_OnlyAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | set sales configuration
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                       |                          |
    //                       |                          |----.
    //                       |                          |    | emit SalesConfigChanged()
    //                       |                          |<---'
    //                     Caller                  ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                   |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                   `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Set a different funds recipient
    /// @param newRecipientAddress new funds recipient address
    function setFundsRecipient(address payable newRecipientAddress)
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        // TODO(iain): funds recipient cannot be 0?
        config.fundsRecipient = newRecipientAddress;
        emit FundsRecipientChanged(newRecipientAddress, _msgSender());
    }
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |                      ,----------.
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                `----+-----'
    //                       |                    |           withdraw()   |                            |
    //                       | ------------------------------------------------------------------------->
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //          ________________________________________________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or manager?                  |                            |               !
    //          !_____/      |                    |                        |                            |               !
    //          !            |                    revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed()                    |               !
    //          !            | <-------------------------------------------------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                   send fee amount                   |
    //                       |                    | <----------------------------------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |   foundry.toml                     | send remaining funds amount|
    //                       |                    |                        | <---------------------------
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |                            |
    //                       |                    |                        |             ____________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    |                        |             ! ALT  /  send unsuccesful?                                 !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !_____/        |                                            !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |----.                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |    | revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure()    !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !              |<---'                                       !
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    |                        |             !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                     Caller            FeeRecipient            FundsRecipient                ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                  ,-.                      ,-.                     |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                  `-'                      `-'                     `----------'
    //                       /|\\                  /|\\                      /|\\
    //                        |                    |                        |
    //                       / \\                  / \\                      / \\
    /// @notice This withdraws ETH from the contract to the contract owner.
    function withdraw() external nonReentrant {
        address sender = _msgSender();
        uint256 funds = address(this).balance;
        // Check if withdraw is allowed for sender
        if (
            !hasRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, sender) &&
            !hasRole(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE, sender) &&
            sender != config.fundsRecipient
        ) {
            revert Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
        }
        // Payout recipient
        (bool successFunds, ) = config.fundsRecipient.call{
            value: funds,
            gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT
        }("");
        if (!successFunds) {
            revert Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
        }
        // Emit event for indexing
        emit FundsWithdrawn(
            _msgSender(),
            config.fundsRecipient,
            funds,
            address(0),
            0
        );
    }
    //                       ,-.
    //                       `-'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |                             ,----------.
    //                       / \\                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                     Caller                           `----+-----'
    //                       |       finalizeOpenEdition()       |
    //                       | ---------------------------------->
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //          _________________________________________________________________
    //          ! ALT  /  caller is not admin or SALES_MANAGER_ROLE?             !
    //          !_____/      |                                   |               !
    //          !            | revert Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin()|               !
    //          !            | <----------------------------------               !
    //          !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //          !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                    _______________________________________________________________________
    //                       |                    ! ALT  /  drop is not an open edition?                                 !
    //                       |                    !_____/        |                                                       !
    //                       |                    !              |----.                                                  !
    //                       |                    !              |    | revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition()    !
    //                       |                    !              |<---'                                                  !
    //                       |                    !~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                    !~[noop]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | set config edition size
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                       |                                   |
    //                       |                                   |----.
    //                       |                                   |    | emit OpenMintFinalized()
    //                       |                                   |<---'
    //                     Caller                           ,----+-----.
    //                       ,-.                            |ERC721Drop|
    //                       `-'                            `----------'
    //                       /|\\
    //                        |
    //                       / \\
    /// @notice Admin function to finalize and open edition sale
    function finalizeOpenEdition()
        external
        onlyRoleOrAdmin(SALES_MANAGER_ROLE)
    {
        if (config.editionSize != type(uint64).max) {
            revert Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
        }
        config.editionSize = uint64(_totalMinted());
        emit OpenMintFinalized(_msgSender(), config.editionSize);
    }
    /**
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***                                    ***
     ***      GENERAL GETTER FUNCTIONS      ***
     ***                                    ***
     *** ---------------------------------- ***
     ***/
    /// @notice Simple override for owner interface.
    /// @return user owner address
    function owner()
        public
        view
        override(OwnableSkeleton, IERC721Drop)
        returns (address)
    {
        return super.owner();
    }
    /// @notice Contract URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @return Contract URI
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory) {
        return config.metadataRenderer.contractURI();
    }
    /// @notice Getter for metadataRenderer contract
    function metadataRenderer() external view returns (IMetadataRenderer) {
        return IMetadataRenderer(config.metadataRenderer);
    }
    /// @notice Token URI Getter, proxies to metadataRenderer
    /// @param tokenId id of token to get URI for
    /// @return Token URI
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId)
        public
        view
        override
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) {
            revert IERC721AUpgradeable.URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        }
        return config.metadataRenderer.tokenURI(tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Internal function to notify that all metadata may/was updated in the update
    /// @dev Since we don't know what tokens were updated, most calls to a metadata renderer
    ///      update the metadata we can assume all tokens metadata changed
    function _notifyMetadataUpdate() internal {
        uint256 totalMinted = _totalMinted();
        // If we have tokens to notify about
        if (totalMinted > 0) {
            emit BatchMetadataUpdate(
                _startTokenId(),
                totalMinted + _startTokenId()
            );
        }
    }
    function _payoutZoraFee(uint256 quantity) internal {
        // Transfer ZORA fee to recipient
        (, uint256 zoraFee) = zoraFeeForAmount(quantity);
        (bool success, ) = ZORA_MINT_FEE_RECIPIENT.call{value: zoraFee, gas: FUNDS_SEND_GAS_LIMIT}(
            ""
        );
        emit MintFeePayout(zoraFee, ZORA_MINT_FEE_RECIPIENT, success);
    }
    /// @notice ERC165 supports interface
    /// @param interfaceId interface id to check if supported
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        override(
            IERC165Upgradeable,
            ERC721AUpgradeable,
            AccessControlUpgradeable
        )
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId) ||
            type(IOwnable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC2981Upgradeable).interfaceId == interfaceId ||
            // Because the EIP-4906 spec is event-based a numerically relevant interfaceId is used.
            bytes4(0x49064906) == interfaceId ||
            type(IERC721Drop).interfaceId == interfaceId;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "./IERC721AUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension. Built to optimize for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Assumes serials are sequentially minted starting at _startTokenId() (defaults to 0, e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3..).
 *
 * Assumes that an owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 *
 * Assumes that the maximum token id cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using AddressUpgradeable for address;
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    // The tokenId of the next token to be minted.
    uint256 internal _currentIndex;
    // The number of tokens burned.
    uint256 internal _burnCounter;
    // Token name
    string private _name;
    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;
    // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
    // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned. See _ownershipOf implementation for details.
    mapping(uint256 => TokenOwnership) internal _ownerships;
    // Mapping owner address to address data
    mapping(address => AddressData) private _addressData;
    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    /**
     * To change the starting tokenId, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than _currentIndex - _startTokenId() times
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _currentIndex does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to _startTokenId()
        unchecked {
            return _currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165Upgradeable, IERC165Upgradeable) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Upgradeable).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721MetadataUpgradeable).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].balance);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberMinted);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_addressData[owner].numberBurned);
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return _addressData[owner].aux;
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxillary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal {
        _addressData[owner].aux = aux;
    }
    /**
     * Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around in the collection over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        uint256 curr = tokenId;
        unchecked {
            if (_startTokenId() <= curr && curr < _currentIndex) {
                TokenOwnership memory ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                if (!ownership.burned) {
                    if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                        return ownership;
                    }
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an ownership that has an address and is not burned
                    // before an ownership that does not have an address and is not burned.
                    // Hence, curr will not underflow.
                    while (true) {
                        curr--;
                        ownership = _ownerships[curr];
                        if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                            return ownership;
                        }
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId).addr;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public override {
        address owner = ERC721AUpgradeable.ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (to == owner) revert ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
        if (_msgSender() != owner && !isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender())) {
            revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _approve(to, tokenId, owner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        if (operator == _msgSender()) revert ApproveToCaller();
        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public virtual override {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.isContract() && !_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
            revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _startTokenId() <= tokenId && tokenId < _currentIndex && !_ownerships[tokenId].burned;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     *   {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            if (to.isContract()) {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex);
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, updatedIndex++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
                // Reentrancy protection
                if (_currentIndex != startTokenId) revert();
            } else {
                do {
                    emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
                } while (updatedIndex != end);
            }
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal {
        uint256 startTokenId = _currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // balance or numberMinted overflow if current value of either + quantity > 1.8e19 (2**64) - 1
        // updatedIndex overflows if _currentIndex + quantity > 1.2e77 (2**256) - 1
        unchecked {
            _addressData[to].balance += uint64(quantity);
            _addressData[to].numberMinted += uint64(quantity);
            _ownerships[startTokenId].addr = to;
            _ownerships[startTokenId].startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            uint256 updatedIndex = startTokenId;
            uint256 end = updatedIndex + quantity;
            do {
                emit Transfer(address(0), to, updatedIndex++);
            } while (updatedIndex != end);
            _currentIndex = updatedIndex;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) private {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        if (prevOwnership.addr != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
            isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
            getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
        if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            _addressData[from].balance -= 1;
            _addressData[to].balance += 1;
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = to;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the transfer initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        TokenOwnership memory prevOwnership = _ownershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = prevOwnership.addr;
        if (approvalCheck) {
            bool isApprovedOrOwner = (_msgSender() == from ||
                isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSender()) ||
                getApproved(tokenId) == _msgSender());
            if (!isApprovedOrOwner) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        _approve(address(0), tokenId, from);
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as tokenId would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            AddressData storage addressData = _addressData[from];
            addressData.balance -= 1;
            addressData.numberBurned += 1;
            // Keep track of who burned the token, and the timestamp of burning.
            TokenOwnership storage currSlot = _ownerships[tokenId];
            currSlot.addr = from;
            currSlot.startTimestamp = uint64(block.timestamp);
            currSlot.burned = true;
            // If the ownership slot of tokenId+1 is not explicitly set, that means the burn initiator owns it.
            // Set the slot of tokenId+1 explicitly in storage to maintain correctness for ownerOf(tokenId+1) calls.
            uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
            TokenOwnership storage nextSlot = _ownerships[nextTokenId];
            if (nextSlot.addr == address(0)) {
                // This will suffice for checking _exists(nextTokenId),
                // as a burned slot cannot contain the zero address.
                if (nextTokenId != _currentIndex) {
                    nextSlot.addr = from;
                    nextSlot.startTimestamp = prevOwnership.startTimestamp;
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            _burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits a {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        address owner
    ) private {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token ids are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token ids have been transferred. This includes
     * minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * startTokenId - the first token id to be transferred
     * quantity - the amount to be transferred
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[42] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface of an ERC721A compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable, IERC721MetadataUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to their own address.
     */
    error ApproveToCaller();
    /**
     * The caller cannot approve to the current owner.
     */
    error ApprovalToCurrentOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Keeps track of the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
    }
    // Compiler will pack this into a single 256bit word.
    struct AddressData {
        // Realistically, 2**64-1 is more than enough.
        uint64 balance;
        // Keeps track of mint count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberMinted;
        // Keeps track of burn count with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 numberBurned;
        // For miscellaneous variable(s) pertaining to the address
        // (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
        // If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
        uint64 aux;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     * @dev Burned tokens are calculated here, use _totalMinted() if you want to count just minted tokens.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/IERC2981.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Interface for the NFT Royalty Standard.
 *
 * A standardized way to retrieve royalty payment information for non-fungible tokens (NFTs) to enable universal
 * support for royalty payments across all NFT marketplaces and ecosystem participants.
 *
 * _Available since v4.5._
 */
interface IERC2981Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns how much royalty is owed and to whom, based on a sale price that may be denominated in any unit of
     * exchange. The royalty amount is denominated and should be payed in that same unit of exchange.
     */
    function royaltyInfo(uint256 tokenId, uint256 salePrice)
        external
        view
        returns (address receiver, uint256 royaltyAmount);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IAccessControlUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IAccessControlUpgradeable, ERC165Upgradeable {
    function __AccessControl_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __AccessControl_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }
    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;
    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlUpgradeable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),
                        " is missing role ",
                        StringsUpgradeable.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuardUpgradeable is Initializable {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ReentrancyGuard_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
        _;
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev These functions deal with verification of Merkle Trees proofs.
 *
 * The proofs can be generated using the JavaScript library
 * https://github.com/miguelmota/merkletreejs[merkletreejs].
 * Note: the hashing algorithm should be keccak256 and pair sorting should be enabled.
 *
 * See `test/utils/cryptography/MerkleProof.test.js` for some examples.
 *
 * WARNING: You should avoid using leaf values that are 64 bytes long prior to
 * hashing, or use a hash function other than keccak256 for hashing leaves.
 * This is because the concatenation of a sorted pair of internal nodes in
 * the merkle tree could be reinterpreted as a leaf value.
 */
library MerkleProofUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if a `leaf` can be proved to be a part of a Merkle tree
     * defined by `root`. For this, a `proof` must be provided, containing
     * sibling hashes on the branch from the leaf to the root of the tree. Each
     * pair of leaves and each pair of pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     */
    function verify(
        bytes32[] memory proof,
        bytes32 root,
        bytes32 leaf
    ) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return processProof(proof, leaf) == root;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the rebuilt hash obtained by traversing a Merkle tree up
     * from `leaf` using `proof`. A `proof` is valid if and only if the rebuilt
     * hash matches the root of the tree. When processing the proof, the pairs
     * of leafs & pre-images are assumed to be sorted.
     *
     * _Available since v4.4._
     */
    function processProof(bytes32[] memory proof, bytes32 leaf) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 computedHash = leaf;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
            } else {
                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
            }
        }
        return computedHash;
    }
    function _efficientHash(bytes32 a, bytes32 b) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
        assembly {
            mstore(0x00, a)
            mstore(0x20, b)
            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/UUPSUpgradeable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../ERC1967/ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable.sol";
import "./Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev An upgradeability mechanism designed for UUPS proxies. The functions included here can perform an upgrade of an
 * {ERC1967Proxy}, when this contract is set as the implementation behind such a proxy.
 *
 * A security mechanism ensures that an upgrade does not turn off upgradeability accidentally, although this risk is
 * reinstated if the upgrade retains upgradeability but removes the security mechanism, e.g. by replacing
 * `UUPSUpgradeable` with a custom implementation of upgrades.
 *
 * The {_authorizeUpgrade} function must be overridden to include access restriction to the upgrade mechanism.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
abstract contract UUPSUpgradeable is Initializable, IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable, ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable {
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __UUPSUpgradeable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow state-variable-immutable state-variable-assignment
    address private immutable __self = address(this);
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is being performed through a delegatecall call and that the execution context is
     * a proxy contract with an implementation (as defined in ERC1967) pointing to self. This should only be the case
     * for UUPS and transparent proxies that are using the current contract as their implementation. Execution of a
     * function through ERC1167 minimal proxies (clones) would not normally pass this test, but is not guaranteed to
     * fail.
     */
    modifier onlyProxy() {
        require(address(this) != __self, "Function must be called through delegatecall");
        require(_getImplementation() == __self, "Function must be called through active proxy");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Check that the execution is not being performed through a delegate call. This allows a function to be
     * callable on the implementing contract but not through proxies.
     */
    modifier notDelegated() {
        require(address(this) == __self, "UUPSUpgradeable: must not be called through delegatecall");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Implementation of the ERC1822 {proxiableUUID} function. This returns the storage slot used by the
     * implementation. It is used to validate that the this implementation remains valid after an upgrade.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy. This is guaranteed by the `notDelegated` modifier.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view virtual override notDelegated returns (bytes32) {
        return _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeTo(address newImplementation) external virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, new bytes(0), false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Upgrade the implementation of the proxy to `newImplementation`, and subsequently execute the function call
     * encoded in `data`.
     *
     * Calls {_authorizeUpgrade}.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function upgradeToAndCall(address newImplementation, bytes memory data) external payable virtual onlyProxy {
        _authorizeUpgrade(newImplementation);
        _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(newImplementation, data, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Function that should revert when `msg.sender` is not authorized to upgrade the contract. Called by
     * {upgradeTo} and {upgradeToAndCall}.
     *
     * Normally, this function will use an xref:access.adoc[access control] modifier such as {Ownable-onlyOwner}.
     *
     * ```solidity
     * function _authorizeUpgrade(address) internal override onlyOwner {}
     * ```
     */
    function _authorizeUpgrade(address newImplementation) internal virtual;
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IMetadataRenderer {
    function tokenURI(uint256) external view returns (string memory);
    function contractURI() external view returns (string memory);
    function initializeWithData(bytes memory initData) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
    function unregister(address registrant) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IMetadataRenderer} from "../interfaces/IMetadataRenderer.sol";
/**
 ________   _____   ____    ______      ____
/\\_____  \\ /\\  __`\\/\\  _`\\ /\\  _  \\    /\\  _`\\
\\/____//'/'\\ \\ \\/\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\   \\ \\ \\/\\ \\  _ __   ___   _____     ____
     //'/'  \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ ,  /\\ \\  __ \\   \\ \\ \\ \\ \\/\\`'__\\/ __`\\/\\ '__`\\  /',__\\
    //'/'___ \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\\\ \\\\ \\ \\/\\ \\   \\ \\ \\_\\ \\ \\ \\//\\ \\L\\ \\ \\ \\L\\ \\/\\__, `\\
    /\\_______\\\\ \\_____\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\ \\_\\   \\ \\____/\\ \\_\\\\ \\____/\\ \\ ,__/\\/\\____/
    \\/_______/ \\/_____/\\/_/\\/ /\\/_/\\/_/    \\/___/  \\/_/ \\/___/  \\ \\ \\/  \\/___/
                                                                 \\ \\_\\
                                                                  \\/_/
*/
/// @notice Interface for ZORA Drops contract
interface IERC721Drop {
    // Access errors
    /// @notice Only admin can access this function
    error Access_OnlyAdmin();
    /// @notice Missing the given role or admin access
    error Access_MissingRoleOrAdmin(bytes32 role);
    /// @notice Withdraw is not allowed by this user
    error Access_WithdrawNotAllowed();
    /// @notice Cannot withdraw funds due to ETH send failure.
    error Withdraw_FundsSendFailure();
    /// @notice Mint fee send failure
    error MintFee_FundsSendFailure();
    /// @notice Call to external metadata renderer failed.
    error ExternalMetadataRenderer_CallFailed();
    /// @notice Thrown when the operator for the contract is not allowed
    /// @dev Used when strict enforcement of marketplaces for creator royalties is desired.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    /// @notice Thrown when there is no active market filter DAO address supported for the current chain
    /// @dev Used for enabling and disabling filter for the given chain.
    error MarketFilterDAOAddressNotSupportedForChain();
    /// @notice Used when the operator filter registry external call fails
    /// @dev Used for bubbling error up to clients.
    error RemoteOperatorFilterRegistryCallFailed();
    // Sale/Purchase errors
    /// @notice Sale is inactive
    error Sale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale is inactive
    error Presale_Inactive();
    /// @notice Presale merkle root is invalid
    error Presale_MerkleNotApproved();
    /// @notice Wrong price for purchase
    error Purchase_WrongPrice(uint256 correctPrice);
    /// @notice NFT sold out
    error Mint_SoldOut();
    /// @notice Too many purchase for address
    error Purchase_TooManyForAddress();
    /// @notice Too many presale for address
    error Presale_TooManyForAddress();
    // Admin errors
    /// @notice Royalty percentage too high
    error Setup_RoyaltyPercentageTooHigh(uint16 maxRoyaltyBPS);
    /// @notice Invalid admin upgrade address
    error Admin_InvalidUpgradeAddress(address proposedAddress);
    /// @notice Unable to finalize an edition not marked as open (size set to uint64_max_value)
    error Admin_UnableToFinalizeNotOpenEdition();
    /// @notice Event emitted for mint fee payout
    /// @param mintFeeAmount amount of the mint fee
    /// @param mintFeeRecipient recipient of the mint fee
    /// @param success if the payout succeeded
    event MintFeePayout(uint256 mintFeeAmount, address mintFeeRecipient, bool success);
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param to address sale was made to
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param pricePerToken price for each token
    /// @param firstPurchasedTokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    event Sale(
        address indexed to,
        uint256 indexed quantity,
        uint256 indexed pricePerToken,
        uint256 firstPurchasedTokenId
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted for each sale
    /// @param sender address sale was made to
    /// @param tokenContract address of the token contract
    /// @param tokenId first purchased token ID (to get range add to quantity for max)
    /// @param quantity quantity of the minted nfts
    /// @param comment caller provided comment
    event MintComment(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed tokenContract,
        uint256 indexed tokenId,
        uint256 quantity,
        string comment
    );
    /// @notice Sales configuration has been changed
    /// @dev To access new sales configuration, use getter function.
    /// @param changedBy Changed by user
    event SalesConfigChanged(address indexed changedBy);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds recipient is changed
    /// @param newAddress new address for the funds recipient
    /// @param changedBy address that the recipient is changed by
    event FundsRecipientChanged(
        address indexed newAddress,
        address indexed changedBy
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when the funds are withdrawn from the minting contract
    /// @param withdrawnBy address that issued the withdraw
    /// @param withdrawnTo address that the funds were withdrawn to
    /// @param amount amount that was withdrawn
    /// @param feeRecipient user getting withdraw fee (if any)
    /// @param feeAmount amount of the fee getting sent (if any)
    event FundsWithdrawn(
        address indexed withdrawnBy,
        address indexed withdrawnTo,
        uint256 amount,
        address feeRecipient,
        uint256 feeAmount
    );
    /// @notice Event emitted when an open mint is finalized and further minting is closed forever on the contract.
    /// @param sender address sending close mint
    /// @param numberOfMints number of mints the contract is finalized at
    event OpenMintFinalized(address indexed sender, uint256 numberOfMints);
    /// @notice Event emitted when metadata renderer is updated.
    /// @param sender address of the updater
    /// @param renderer new metadata renderer address
    event UpdatedMetadataRenderer(address sender, IMetadataRenderer renderer);
    /// @notice Admin function to update the sales configuration settings
    /// @param publicSalePrice public sale price in ether
    /// @param maxSalePurchasePerAddress Max # of purchases (public) per address allowed
    /// @param publicSaleStart unix timestamp when the public sale starts
    /// @param publicSaleEnd unix timestamp when the public sale ends (set to 0 to disable)
    /// @param presaleStart unix timestamp when the presale starts
    /// @param presaleEnd unix timestamp when the presale ends
    /// @param presaleMerkleRoot merkle root for the presale information
    function setSaleConfiguration(
        uint104 publicSalePrice,
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress,
        uint64 publicSaleStart,
        uint64 publicSaleEnd,
        uint64 presaleStart,
        uint64 presaleEnd,
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot
    ) external;
    /// @notice General configuration for NFT Minting and bookkeeping
    struct Configuration {
        /// @dev Metadata renderer (uint160)
        IMetadataRenderer metadataRenderer;
        /// @dev Total size of edition that can be minted (uint160+64 = 224)
        uint64 editionSize;
        /// @dev Royalty amount in bps (uint224+16 = 240)
        uint16 royaltyBPS;
        /// @dev Funds recipient for sale (new slot, uint160)
        address payable fundsRecipient;
    }
    /// @notice Sales states and configuration
    /// @dev Uses 3 storage slots
    struct SalesConfiguration {
        /// @dev Public sale price (max ether value > 1000 ether with this value)
        uint104 publicSalePrice;
        /// @notice Purchase mint limit per address (if set to 0 === unlimited mints)
        /// @dev Max purchase number per txn (90+32 = 122)
        uint32 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        /// @dev uint64 type allows for dates into 292 billion years
        /// @notice Public sale start timestamp (136+64 = 186)
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        /// @notice Public sale end timestamp (186+64 = 250)
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale start timestamp
        /// @dev new storage slot
        uint64 presaleStart;
        /// @notice Presale end timestamp
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        /// @notice Presale merkle root
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
    }
    /// @notice Return value for sales details to use with front-ends
    struct SaleDetails {
        // Synthesized status variables for sale and presale
        bool publicSaleActive;
        bool presaleActive;
        // Price for public sale
        uint256 publicSalePrice;
        // Timed sale actions for public sale
        uint64 publicSaleStart;
        uint64 publicSaleEnd;
        // Timed sale actions for presale
        uint64 presaleStart;
        uint64 presaleEnd;
        // Merkle root (includes address, quantity, and price data for each entry)
        bytes32 presaleMerkleRoot;
        // Limit public sale to a specific number of mints per wallet
        uint256 maxSalePurchasePerAddress;
        // Information about the rest of the supply
        // Total that have been minted
        uint256 totalMinted;
        // The total supply available
        uint256 maxSupply;
    }
    /// @notice Return type of specific mint counts and details per address
    struct AddressMintDetails {
        /// Number of total mints from the given address
        uint256 totalMints;
        /// Number of presale mints from the given address
        uint256 presaleMints;
        /// Number of public mints from the given address
        uint256 publicMints;
    }
    /// @notice External purchase function (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchase(uint256 quantity) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice External purchase presale function (takes a merkle proof and matches to root) (payable in eth)
    /// @param quantity to purchase
    /// @param maxQuantity can purchase (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param pricePerToken price per token allowed (verified by merkle root)
    /// @param merkleProof input for merkle proof leaf verified by merkle root
    /// @return first minted token ID
    function purchasePresale(
        uint256 quantity,
        uint256 maxQuantity,
        uint256 pricePerToken,
        bytes32[] memory merkleProof
    ) external payable returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Function to return the global sales details for the given drop
    function saleDetails() external view returns (SaleDetails memory);
    /// @notice Function to return the specific sales details for a given address
    /// @param minter address for minter to return mint information for
    function mintedPerAddress(address minter)
        external
        view
        returns (AddressMintDetails memory);
    /// @notice This is the opensea/public owner setting that can be set by the contract admin
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Update the metadata renderer
    /// @param newRenderer new address for renderer
    /// @param setupRenderer data to call to bootstrap data for the new renderer (optional)
    function setMetadataRenderer(
        IMetadataRenderer newRenderer,
        bytes memory setupRenderer
    ) external;
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a quantity to a specific address
    /// @param to address to mint to
    /// @param quantity quantity to mint
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMint(address to, uint256 quantity) external returns (uint256);
    /// @notice This is an admin mint function to mint a single nft each to a list of addresses
    /// @param to list of addresses to mint an NFT each to
    /// @return the id of the first minted NFT
    function adminMintAirdrop(address[] memory to) external returns (uint256);
    /// @dev Getter for admin role associated with the contract to handle metadata
    /// @return boolean if address is admin
    function isAdmin(address user) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 *
 */
interface IOwnable {
    error ONLY_OWNER();
    error ONLY_PENDING_OWNER();
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );
    event OwnerPending(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed potentialNewOwner
    );
    event OwnerCanceled(
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed potentialNewOwner
    );
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IERC165Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import {IERC721Upgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/interfaces/IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/// @title EIP-721 Metadata Update Extension
interface IERC4906 is IERC165Upgradeable, IERC721Upgradeable {
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a token is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFT.
    event MetadataUpdate(uint256 _tokenId);
    /// @dev This event emits when the metadata of a range of tokens is changed.
    /// So that the third-party platforms such as NFT market could
    /// timely update the images and related attributes of the NFTs.
    event BatchMetadataUpdate(uint256 _fromTokenId, uint256 _toTokenId);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IFactoryUpgradeGate {
  function isValidUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _currentImpl) external returns (bool);
  function registerNewUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address[] calldata _supportedPrevImpls) external;
  function unregisterUpgradePath(address _newImpl, address _prevImpl) external;
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IOwnable} from "../interfaces/IOwnable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * This ownership interface matches OZ's ownable interface.
 */
contract OwnableSkeleton is IOwnable {
    address private _owner;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    function _setOwner(address newAddress) internal {
        emit OwnershipTransferred(_owner, newAddress);
        _owner = newAddress;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @notice This allows this contract to receive native currency funds from other contracts
 * Uses event logging for UI reasons.
 */
contract FundsReceiver {
    event FundsReceived(address indexed source, uint256 amount);
    receive() external payable {
        emit FundsReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
contract Version {
  uint32 private immutable __version;
  /// @notice The version of the contract
  /// @return The version ID of this contract implementation
  function contractVersion() external view returns (uint32) {
      return __version;
  }
  constructor(uint32 version) {
    __version = version;
  }
}// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol";
abstract contract PublicMulticall {
    /**
     * @dev Receives and executes a batch of function calls on this contract.
     */
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data)
        public
        virtual
        returns (bytes[] memory results)
    {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            results[i] = Address.functionDelegateCall(address(this), data[i]);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import {IERC721Drop} from "../interfaces/IERC721Drop.sol";
contract ERC721DropStorageV1 {
    /// @notice Configuration for NFT minting contract storage
    IERC721Drop.Configuration public config;
    /// @notice Sales configuration
    IERC721Drop.SalesConfiguration public salesConfig;
    /// @dev Mapping for presale mint counts by address to allow public mint limit
    mapping(address => uint256) public presaleMintsByAddress;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 digits;
        while (temp != 0) {
            digits++;
            temp /= 10;
        }
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
        while (value != 0) {
            digits -= 1;
            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
            value /= 10;
        }
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        if (value == 0) {
            return "0x00";
        }
        uint256 temp = value;
        uint256 length = 0;
        while (temp != 0) {
            length++;
            temp >>= 8;
        }
        return toHexString(value, length);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165Upgradeable is Initializable, IERC165Upgradeable {
    function __ERC165_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC165_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165Upgradeable).interfaceId;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
 * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() initializer {}
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     */
    bool private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
            _initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721Upgradeable is IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC721Upgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721MetadataUpgradeable is IERC721Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (interfaces/draft-IERC1822.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev ERC1822: Universal Upgradeable Proxy Standard (UUPS) documents a method for upgradeability through a simplified
 * proxy whose upgrades are fully controlled by the current implementation.
 */
interface IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot that the proxiable contract assumes is being used to store the implementation
     * address.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: A proxy pointing at a proxiable contract should not be considered proxiable itself, because this risks
     * bricking a proxy that upgrades to it, by delegating to itself until out of gas. Thus it is critical that this
     * function revert if invoked through a proxy.
     */
    function proxiableUUID() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (proxy/ERC1967/ERC1967Upgrade.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../beacon/IBeaconUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../interfaces/draft-IERC1822Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "../utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This abstract contract provides getters and event emitting update functions for
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1967[EIP1967] slots.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 *
 * @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow delegatecall
 */
abstract contract ERC1967UpgradeUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __ERC1967Upgrade_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.rollback" subtracted by 1
    bytes32 private constant _ROLLBACK_SLOT = 0x4910fdfa16fed3260ed0e7147f7cc6da11a60208b5b9406d12a635614ffd9143;
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the address of the current implementation.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.implementation" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the implementation is upgraded.
     */
    event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current implementation address.
     */
    function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 implementation slot.
     */
    function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeTo(address newImplementation) internal {
        _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        emit Upgraded(newImplementation);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCall(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _upgradeTo(newImplementation);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(newImplementation, data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform implementation upgrade with security checks for UUPS proxies, and additional setup call.
     *
     * Emits an {Upgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeToAndCallUUPS(
        address newImplementation,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        // Upgrades from old implementations will perform a rollback test. This test requires the new
        // implementation to upgrade back to the old, non-ERC1822 compliant, implementation. Removing
        // this special case will break upgrade paths from old UUPS implementation to new ones.
        if (StorageSlotUpgradeable.getBooleanSlot(_ROLLBACK_SLOT).value) {
            _setImplementation(newImplementation);
        } else {
            try IERC1822ProxiableUpgradeable(newImplementation).proxiableUUID() returns (bytes32 slot) {
                require(slot == _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT, "ERC1967Upgrade: unsupported proxiableUUID");
            } catch {
                revert("ERC1967Upgrade: new implementation is not UUPS");
            }
            _upgradeToAndCall(newImplementation, data, forceCall);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Storage slot with the admin of the contract.
     * This is the keccak-256 hash of "eip1967.proxy.admin" subtracted by 1, and is
     * validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _ADMIN_SLOT = 0xb53127684a568b3173ae13b9f8a6016e243e63b6e8ee1178d6a717850b5d6103;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the admin account has changed.
     */
    event AdminChanged(address previousAdmin, address newAdmin);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current admin.
     */
    function _getAdmin() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new address in the EIP1967 admin slot.
     */
    function _setAdmin(address newAdmin) private {
        require(newAdmin != address(0), "ERC1967: new admin is the zero address");
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_ADMIN_SLOT).value = newAdmin;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Changes the admin of the proxy.
     *
     * Emits an {AdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _changeAdmin(address newAdmin) internal {
        emit AdminChanged(_getAdmin(), newAdmin);
        _setAdmin(newAdmin);
    }
    /**
     * @dev The storage slot of the UpgradeableBeacon contract which defines the implementation for this proxy.
     * This is bytes32(uint256(keccak256('eip1967.proxy.beacon')) - 1)) and is validated in the constructor.
     */
    bytes32 internal constant _BEACON_SLOT = 0xa3f0ad74e5423aebfd80d3ef4346578335a9a72aeaee59ff6cb3582b35133d50;
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the beacon is upgraded.
     */
    event BeaconUpgraded(address indexed beacon);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current beacon.
     */
    function _getBeacon() internal view returns (address) {
        return StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Stores a new beacon in the EIP1967 beacon slot.
     */
    function _setBeacon(address newBeacon) private {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(newBeacon), "ERC1967: new beacon is not a contract");
        require(
            AddressUpgradeable.isContract(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation()),
            "ERC1967: beacon implementation is not a contract"
        );
        StorageSlotUpgradeable.getAddressSlot(_BEACON_SLOT).value = newBeacon;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Perform beacon upgrade with additional setup call. Note: This upgrades the address of the beacon, it does
     * not upgrade the implementation contained in the beacon (see {UpgradeableBeacon-_setImplementation} for that).
     *
     * Emits a {BeaconUpgraded} event.
     */
    function _upgradeBeaconToAndCall(
        address newBeacon,
        bytes memory data,
        bool forceCall
    ) internal {
        _setBeacon(newBeacon);
        emit BeaconUpgraded(newBeacon);
        if (data.length > 0 || forceCall) {
            _functionDelegateCall(IBeaconUpgradeable(newBeacon).implementation(), data);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function _functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) private returns (bytes memory) {
        require(AddressUpgradeable.isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return AddressUpgradeable.verifyCallResult(success, returndata, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (interfaces/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/introspection/IERC165Upgradeable.sol";
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/beacon/IBeacon.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is the interface that {BeaconProxy} expects of its beacon.
 */
interface IBeaconUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Must return an address that can be used as a delegate call target.
     *
     * {BeaconProxy} will check that this address is a contract.
     */
    function implementation() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/StorageSlot.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }
    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }
    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }
    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.
    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];
        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.
            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;
            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];
                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }
            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();
            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }
    // Bytes32Set
    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // AddressSet
    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
    // UintSet
    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }
        return result;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function register(address registrant) external;
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "./IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Ownable} from "openzeppelin-contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import {EnumerableSet} from "openzeppelin-contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";
import {OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents} from "./OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFilterRegistry
 * @notice Borrows heavily from the QQL BlacklistOperatorFilter contract:
 *         https://github.com/qql-art/contracts/blob/main/contracts/BlacklistOperatorFilter.sol
 * @notice This contracts allows tokens or token owners to register specific addresses or codeHashes that may be
 * *       restricted according to the isOperatorAllowed function.
 */
contract OperatorFilterRegistry is IOperatorFilterRegistry, OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set;
    /// @dev initialized accounts have a nonzero codehash (see https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1052)
    /// Note that this will also be a smart contract's codehash when making calls from its constructor.
    bytes32 constant EOA_CODEHASH = keccak256("");
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _filteredOperators;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set) private _filteredCodeHashes;
    mapping(address => address) private _registrations;
    mapping(address => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _subscribers;
    /**
     * @notice restricts method caller to the address or EIP-173 "owner()"
     */
    modifier onlyAddressOrOwner(address addr) {
        if (msg.sender != addr) {
            try Ownable(addr).owner() returns (address owner) {
                if (msg.sender != owner) {
                    revert OnlyAddressOrOwner();
                }
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert NotOwnable();
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef;
            EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef;
            filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registration];
            filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registration];
            if (filteredOperatorsRef.contains(operator)) {
                revert AddressFiltered(operator);
            }
            if (operator.code.length > 0) {
                bytes32 codeHash = operator.codehash;
                if (filteredCodeHashesRef.contains(codeHash)) {
                    revert CodeHashFiltered(operator, codeHash);
                }
            }
        }
        return true;
    }
    //////////////////
    // AUTH METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (_registrations[registrant] != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address registrant) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = address(0);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, false);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        if (registrant == subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        address subscriptionRegistration = _registrations[subscription];
        if (subscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(subscription);
        }
        if (subscriptionRegistration != subscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(subscription);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = subscription;
        _subscribers[subscription].add(registrant);
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, subscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (registrantToCopy == registrant) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != address(0)) {
            revert AlreadyRegistered();
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit RegistrationUpdated(registrant, true);
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
            if (!removed) {
                revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
            if (!added) {
                revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
            }
        }
        emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
            revert CannotFilterEOAs();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        if (!filtered) {
            bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
            if (!removed) {
                revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        } else {
            bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
            if (!added) {
                revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codeHash, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrant];
        uint256 operatorsLength = operators.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool removed = filteredOperatorsRef.remove(operator);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert AddressNotFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < operatorsLength; ++i) {
                    address operator = operators[i];
                    bool added = filteredOperatorsRef.add(operator);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert AddressAlreadyFiltered(operator);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit OperatorsUpdated(registrant, operators, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered)
        external
        onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant)
    {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant];
        uint256 codeHashesLength = codeHashes.length;
        unchecked {
            if (!filtered) {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    bool removed = filteredCodeHashesRef.remove(codeHash);
                    if (!removed) {
                        revert CodeHashNotFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            } else {
                for (uint256 i = 0; i < codeHashesLength; ++i) {
                    bytes32 codeHash = codeHashes[i];
                    if (codeHash == EOA_CODEHASH) {
                        revert CannotFilterEOAs();
                    }
                    bool added = filteredCodeHashesRef.add(codeHash);
                    if (!added) {
                        revert CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(codeHash);
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit CodeHashesUpdated(registrant, codeHashes, filtered);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address newSubscription) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToSelf();
        }
        if (newSubscription == address(0)) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == newSubscription) {
            revert AlreadySubscribed(newSubscription);
        }
        address newSubscriptionRegistration = _registrations[newSubscription];
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(newSubscription);
        }
        if (newSubscriptionRegistration != newSubscription) {
            revert CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(newSubscription);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
            emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        }
        _registrations[registrant] = newSubscription;
        _subscribers[newSubscription].add(registrant);
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, newSubscription, true);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration == registrant) {
            revert NotSubscribed();
        }
        _subscribers[registration].remove(registrant);
        _registrations[registrant] = registrant;
        emit SubscriptionUpdated(registrant, registration, false);
        if (copyExistingEntries) {
            _copyEntries(registrant, registration);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external onlyAddressOrOwner(registrant) {
        if (registrant == registrantToCopy) {
            revert CannotCopyFromSelf();
        }
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        }
        if (registration != registrant) {
            revert CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(registration);
        }
        address registrantRegistration = _registrations[registrantToCopy];
        if (registrantRegistration == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrantToCopy);
        }
        _copyEntries(registrant, registrantToCopy);
    }
    /// @dev helper to copy entries from registrantToCopy to registrant and emit events
    function _copyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) private {
        EnumerableSet.AddressSet storage filteredOperatorsRef = _filteredOperators[registrantToCopy];
        EnumerableSet.Bytes32Set storage filteredCodeHashesRef = _filteredCodeHashes[registrantToCopy];
        uint256 filteredOperatorsLength = filteredOperatorsRef.length();
        uint256 filteredCodeHashesLength = filteredCodeHashesRef.length();
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredOperatorsLength; ++i) {
                address operator = filteredOperatorsRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredOperators[registrant].add(operator);
                if (added) {
                    emit OperatorUpdated(registrant, operator, true);
                }
            }
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < filteredCodeHashesLength; ++i) {
                bytes32 codehash = filteredCodeHashesRef.at(i);
                bool added = _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].add(codehash);
                if (added) {
                    emit CodeHashUpdated(registrant, codehash, true);
                }
            }
        }
    }
    //////////////////
    // VIEW METHODS //
    //////////////////
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address registrant) external view returns (address subscription) {
        subscription = _registrations[registrant];
        if (subscription == address(0)) {
            revert NotRegistered(registrant);
        } else if (subscription == registrant) {
            subscription = address(0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        return _subscribers[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].contains(operator);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].contains(operator);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external view returns (bool) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external view returns (bool) {
        bytes32 codeHash = operatorWithCode.codehash;
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].contains(codeHash);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].contains(codeHash);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address registrant) external view returns (bool) {
        return _registrations[registrant] != address(0);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address registrant) external view returns (address[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address registrant) external view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].values();
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].values();
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (address) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredOperators[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredOperators[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external view returns (bytes32) {
        address registration = _registrations[registrant];
        if (registration != registrant) {
            return _filteredCodeHashes[registration].at(index);
        }
        return _filteredCodeHashes[registrant].at(index);
    }
    /// @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
    function codeHashOf(address a) external view returns (bytes32) {
        return a.codehash;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
contract OperatorFilterRegistryErrorsAndEvents {
    error CannotFilterEOAs();
    error AddressAlreadyFiltered(address operator);
    error AddressNotFiltered(address operator);
    error CodeHashAlreadyFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error CodeHashNotFiltered(bytes32 codeHash);
    error OnlyAddressOrOwner();
    error NotRegistered(address registrant);
    error AlreadyRegistered();
    error AlreadySubscribed(address subscription);
    error NotSubscribed();
    error CannotUpdateWhileSubscribed(address subscription);
    error CannotSubscribeToSelf();
    error CannotSubscribeToZeroAddress();
    error NotOwnable();
    error AddressFiltered(address filtered);
    error CodeHashFiltered(address account, bytes32 codeHash);
    error CannotSubscribeToRegistrantWithSubscription(address registrant);
    error CannotCopyFromSelf();
    event RegistrationUpdated(address indexed registrant, bool indexed registered);
    event OperatorUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed operator, bool indexed filtered);
    event OperatorsUpdated(address indexed registrant, address[] operators, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32 indexed codeHash, bool indexed filtered);
    event CodeHashesUpdated(address indexed registrant, bytes32[] codeHashes, bool indexed filtered);
    event SubscriptionUpdated(address indexed registrant, address indexed subscription, bool indexed subscribed);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby disabling any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.2;
import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```solidity
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 *
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;
    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized != type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the highest version that has been initialized. See {reinitializer}.
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if the contract is currently initializing. See {onlyInitializing}.
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract PausableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);
    bool private _paused;
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    function __Pausable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Pausable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __Pausable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _paused = false;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     *
     * Furthermore, `isContract` will also return true if the target contract within
     * the same transaction is already scheduled for destruction by `SELFDESTRUCT`,
     * which only has an effect at the end of a transaction.
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.8.0/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(address target, bytes memory data, uint256 value) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }
            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                // Solidity will revert if denominator == 0, unlike the div opcode on its own.
                // The surrounding unchecked block does not change this fact.
                // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/latest/control-structures.html#checked-or-unchecked-arithmetic.
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }
            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1, "Math: mulDiv overflow");
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)
                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }
            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.
            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)
                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }
            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256
            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(uint256 x, uint256 y, uint256 denominator, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);
        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10 ** 64) {
                value /= 10 ** 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 32) {
                value /= 10 ** 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 16) {
                value /= 10 ** 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 8) {
                value /= 10 ** 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 4) {
                value /= 10 ** 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 2) {
                value /= 10 ** 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10 ** 1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10 ** result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/math/SignedMath.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Standard signed math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library SignedMathUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function max(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two signed numbers.
     */
    function min(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two signed numbers without overflow.
     * The result is rounded towards zero.
     */
    function average(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Formula from the book "Hacker's Delight"
        int256 x = (a & b) + ((a ^ b) >> 1);
        return x + (int256(uint256(x) >> 255) & (a ^ b));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute unsigned value of a signed value.
     */
    function abs(int256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            // must be unchecked in order to support `n = type(int256).min`
            return uint256(n >= 0 ? n : -n);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.9.0) (utils/Strings.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";
import "./math/SignedMathUpgradeable.sol";
/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library StringsUpgradeable {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = MathUpgradeable.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `int256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(int256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return string(abi.encodePacked(value < 0 ? "-" : "", toString(SignedMathUpgradeable.abs(value))));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, MathUpgradeable.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the two strings are equal.
     */
    function equal(string memory a, string memory b) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return keccak256(bytes(a)) == keccak256(bytes(b));
    }
}
//SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
contract AdminManagerUpgradable is Initializable {
    mapping(address => bool) private _admins;
    function __AdminManager_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __AdminManager_init_unchained();
    }
    function __AdminManager_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _admins[msg.sender] = true;
    }
    function setAdminPermissions(
        address account_,
        bool enable_
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        _admins[account_] = enable_;
    }
    function isAdmin(address account_) public view returns (bool) {
        return _admins[account_];
    }
    modifier onlyAdmin() {
        require(isAdmin(msg.sender), "Not an admin");
        _;
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import "erc721a-upgradeable/contracts/extensions/ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/security/PausableUpgradeable.sol";
import "operator-filter-registry/src/upgradeable/DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
import "./UriManagerUpgradable.sol";
contract EigenLayer is
    OwnableUpgradeable,
    ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable,
    PausableUpgradeable,
    UriManagerUpgradable
{
    event MintedWithText(uint256 tokenId, address owner, string text);
    function initialize(
        string calldata prefix_,
        string calldata suffix_
    ) public initializerERC721A initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        __ERC721A_init("EigenWorlds", "EIGENWORLDS");
        __Pausable_init();
        __UriManager_init(prefix_, suffix_);
        _pause();
    }
    function mint(string memory text_) external onlyEOA whenNotPaused {
        uint256 tokenId_ = _nextTokenId();
        _safeMint(msg.sender, 1);
        emit MintedWithText(tokenId_, msg.sender, text_);
    }
    function adminMint(
        address account_,
        string memory text_
    ) external onlyAdmin {
        uint256 tokenId_ = _nextTokenId();
        _safeMint(account_, 1);
        emit MintedWithText(tokenId_, account_, text_);
    }
    function pause() external onlyAdmin {
        _pause();
    }
    function unpause() external onlyAdmin {
        _unpause();
    }
    function tokenURI(
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(IERC721AUpgradeable, ERC721AUpgradeable)
        returns (string memory)
    {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return _buildUri(tokenId);
    }
    modifier onlyEOA() {
        require(tx.origin == msg.sender, "Only EOA allowed");
        _;
    }
}
//SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/utils/StringsUpgradeable.sol";
import "./AdminManagerUpgradable.sol";
contract UriManagerUpgradable is Initializable, AdminManagerUpgradable {
    using StringsUpgradeable for uint256;
    string internal _prefix;
    string internal _suffix;
    function prefix() public view returns (string memory) {
        return _prefix;
    }
    function suffix() public view returns (string memory) {
        return _suffix;
    }
    function __UriManager_init(
        string memory prefix_,
        string memory suffix_
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __AdminManager_init_unchained();
        __UriManager_init_unchained(prefix_, suffix_);
    }
    function __UriManager_init_unchained(
        string memory prefix_,
        string memory suffix_
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        _prefix = prefix_;
        _suffix = suffix_;
    }
    function _buildUri(uint256 tokenId) internal view returns (string memory) {
        return string(abi.encodePacked(_prefix, tokenId.toString(), _suffix));
    }
    function setPrefix(string calldata prefix_) external onlyAdmin {
        _prefix = prefix_;
    }
    function setSuffix(string calldata suffix_) external onlyAdmin {
        _suffix = suffix_;
    }
    uint256[48] private __gap;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable diamond facet contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 */
import {ERC721A__InitializableStorage} from './ERC721A__InitializableStorage.sol';
abstract contract ERC721A__Initializable {
    using ERC721A__InitializableStorage for ERC721A__InitializableStorage.Layout;
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializerERC721A() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing
                ? _isConstructor()
                : !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is already initialized'
        );
        bool isTopLevelCall = !ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = true;
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initialized = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing = false;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializingERC721A() {
        require(
            ERC721A__InitializableStorage.layout()._initializing,
            'ERC721A__Initializable: contract is not initializing'
        );
        _;
    }
    /// @dev Returns true if and only if the function is running in the constructor
    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        // extcodesize checks the size of the code stored in an address, and
        // address returns the current address. Since the code is still not
        // deployed when running a constructor, any checks on its code size will
        // yield zero, making it an effective way to detect if a contract is
        // under construction or not.
        address self = address(this);
        uint256 cs;
        assembly {
            cs := extcodesize(self)
        }
        return cs == 0;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev This is a base storage for the  initialization function for upgradeable diamond facet contracts
 **/
library ERC721A__InitializableStorage {
    struct Layout {
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
         */
        bool _initialized;
        /*
         * Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
         */
        bool _initializing;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.initializable.facet');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
library ERC721AStorage {
    // Bypass for a `--via-ir` bug (https://github.com/chiru-labs/ERC721A/pull/364).
    struct TokenApprovalRef {
        address value;
    }
    struct Layout {
        // =============================================================
        //                            STORAGE
        // =============================================================
        // The next token ID to be minted.
        uint256 _currentIndex;
        // The number of tokens burned.
        uint256 _burnCounter;
        // Token name
        string _name;
        // Token symbol
        string _symbol;
        // Mapping from token ID to ownership details
        // An empty struct value does not necessarily mean the token is unowned.
        // See {_packedOwnershipOf} implementation for details.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..159]   `addr`
        // - [160..223] `startTimestamp`
        // - [224]      `burned`
        // - [225]      `nextInitialized`
        // - [232..255] `extraData`
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) _packedOwnerships;
        // Mapping owner address to address data.
        //
        // Bits Layout:
        // - [0..63]    `balance`
        // - [64..127]  `numberMinted`
        // - [128..191] `numberBurned`
        // - [192..255] `aux`
        mapping(address => uint256) _packedAddressData;
        // Mapping from token ID to approved address.
        mapping(uint256 => ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef) _tokenApprovals;
        // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
        mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) _operatorApprovals;
    }
    bytes32 internal constant STORAGE_SLOT = keccak256('ERC721A.contracts.storage.ERC721A');
    function layout() internal pure returns (Layout storage l) {
        bytes32 slot = STORAGE_SLOT;
        assembly {
            l.slot := slot
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import {ERC721AStorage} from './ERC721AStorage.sol';
import './ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721 token receiver.
 */
interface ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable {
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}
/**
 * @title ERC721A
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the [ERC721](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721)
 * Non-Fungible Token Standard, including the Metadata extension.
 * Optimized for lower gas during batch mints.
 *
 * Token IDs are minted in sequential order (e.g. 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)
 * starting from `_startTokenId()`.
 *
 * Assumptions:
 *
 * - An owner cannot have more than 2**64 - 1 (max value of uint64) of supply.
 * - The maximum token ID cannot exceed 2**256 - 1 (max value of uint256).
 */
contract ERC721AUpgradeable is ERC721A__Initializable, IERC721AUpgradeable {
    using ERC721AStorage for ERC721AStorage.Layout;
    // =============================================================
    //                           CONSTANTS
    // =============================================================
    // Mask of an entry in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY = (1 << 64) - 1;
    // The bit position of `numberMinted` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED = 64;
    // The bit position of `numberBurned` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED = 128;
    // The bit position of `aux` in packed address data.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_AUX = 192;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in packed address data except the 64 bits for `aux`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 192) - 1;
    // The bit position of `startTimestamp` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP = 160;
    // The bit mask of the `burned` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_BURNED = 1 << 224;
    // The bit position of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 225;
    // The bit mask of the `nextInitialized` bit in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED = 1 << 225;
    // The bit position of `extraData` in packed ownership.
    uint256 private constant _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA = 232;
    // Mask of all 256 bits in a packed ownership except the 24 bits for `extraData`.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT = (1 << 232) - 1;
    // The mask of the lower 160 bits for addresses.
    uint256 private constant _BITMASK_ADDRESS = (1 << 160) - 1;
    // The maximum `quantity` that can be minted with {_mintERC2309}.
    // This limit is to prevent overflows on the address data entries.
    // For a limit of 5000, a total of 3.689e15 calls to {_mintERC2309}
    // is required to cause an overflow, which is unrealistic.
    uint256 private constant _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT = 5000;
    // The `Transfer` event signature is given by:
    // `keccak256(bytes("Transfer(address,address,uint256)"))`.
    bytes32 private constant _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE =
        0xddf252ad1be2c89b69c2b068fc378daa952ba7f163c4a11628f55a4df523b3ef;
    // =============================================================
    //                          CONSTRUCTOR
    // =============================================================
    function __ERC721A_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721A_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }
    function __ERC721A_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._name = name_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol = symbol_;
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = _startTokenId();
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                   TOKEN COUNTING OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the starting token ID.
     * To change the starting token ID, please override this function.
     */
    function _startTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next token ID to be minted.
     */
    function _nextTokenId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as _burnCounter cannot be incremented
        // more than `_currentIndex - _startTokenId()` times.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens minted in the contract.
     */
    function _totalMinted() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        // Counter underflow is impossible as `_currentIndex` does not decrement,
        // and it is initialized to `_startTokenId()`.
        unchecked {
            return ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex - _startTokenId();
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens burned.
     */
    function _totalBurned() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                    ADDRESS DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        if (owner == address(0)) revert BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens minted by `owner`.
     */
    function _numberMinted(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the number of tokens burned by or on behalf of `owner`.
     */
    function _numberBurned(address owner) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return
            (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) & _BITMASK_ADDRESS_DATA_ENTRY;
    }
    /**
     * Returns the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     */
    function _getAux(address owner) internal view returns (uint64) {
        return uint64(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] >> _BITPOS_AUX);
    }
    /**
     * Sets the auxiliary data for `owner`. (e.g. number of whitelist mint slots used).
     * If there are multiple variables, please pack them into a uint64.
     */
    function _setAux(address owner, uint64 aux) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner];
        uint256 auxCasted;
        // Cast `aux` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            auxCasted := aux
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_AUX_COMPLEMENT) | (auxCasted << _BITPOS_AUX);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[owner] = packed;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        // The interface IDs are constants representing the first 4 bytes
        // of the XOR of all function selectors in the interface.
        // See: [ERC165](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165)
        // (e.g. `bytes4(i.functionA.selector ^ i.functionB.selector ^ ...)`)
        return
            interfaceId == 0x01ffc9a7 || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC165.
            interfaceId == 0x80ac58cd || // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721.
            interfaceId == 0x5b5e139f; // ERC165 interface ID for ERC721Metadata.
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._name;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._symbol;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length != 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _toString(tokenId))) : '';
    }
    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, it can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return '';
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     OWNERSHIPS OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId)));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gas spent here starts off proportional to the maximum mint batch size.
     * It gradually moves to O(1) as tokens get transferred around over time.
     */
    function _ownershipOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(_packedOwnershipOf(tokenId));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct at `index`.
     */
    function _ownershipAt(uint256 index) internal view virtual returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        return _unpackedOwnership(ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index]);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the ownership slot minted at `index` for efficiency purposes.
     */
    function _initializeOwnershipAt(uint256 index) internal virtual {
        if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] == 0) {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = _packedOwnershipOf(index);
        }
    }
    /**
     * Returns the packed ownership data of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _packedOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) private view returns (uint256 packed) {
        if (_startTokenId() <= tokenId) {
            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId];
            // If not burned.
            if (packed & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0) {
                // If the data at the starting slot does not exist, start the scan.
                if (packed == 0) {
                    if (tokenId >= ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
                    // Invariant:
                    // There will always be an initialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr != address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // before an unintialized ownership slot
                    // (i.e. `ownership.addr == address(0) && ownership.burned == false`)
                    // Hence, `tokenId` will not underflow.
                    //
                    // We can directly compare the packed value.
                    // If the address is zero, packed will be zero.
                    for (;;) {
                        unchecked {
                            packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[--tokenId];
                        }
                        if (packed == 0) continue;
                        return packed;
                    }
                }
                // Otherwise, the data exists and is not burned. We can skip the scan.
                // This is possible because we have already achieved the target condition.
                // This saves 2143 gas on transfers of initialized tokens.
                return packed;
            }
        }
        revert OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the unpacked `TokenOwnership` struct from `packed`.
     */
    function _unpackedOwnership(uint256 packed) private pure returns (TokenOwnership memory ownership) {
        ownership.addr = address(uint160(packed));
        ownership.startTimestamp = uint64(packed >> _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP);
        ownership.burned = packed & _BITMASK_BURNED != 0;
        ownership.extraData = uint24(packed >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Packs ownership data into a single uint256.
     */
    function _packOwnershipData(address owner, uint256 flags) private view returns (uint256 result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `owner | (block.timestamp << _BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP) | flags`.
            result := or(owner, or(shl(_BITPOS_START_TIMESTAMP, timestamp()), flags))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `nextInitialized` flag set if `quantity` equals 1.
     */
    function _nextInitializedFlag(uint256 quantity) private pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // For branchless setting of the `nextInitialized` flag.
        assembly {
            // `(quantity == 1) << _BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED`.
            result := shl(_BITPOS_NEXT_INITIALIZED, eq(quantity, 1))
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account. See {ERC721A-_approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public payable virtual override {
        _approve(to, tokenId, true);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        if (!_exists(tokenId)) revert ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[_msgSenderERC721A()][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSenderERC721A(), operator, approved);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return ERC721AStorage.layout()._operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted. See {_mint}.
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return
            _startTokenId() <= tokenId &&
            tokenId < ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex && // If within bounds,
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] & _BITMASK_BURNED == 0; // and not burned.
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `msgSender` is equal to `approvedAddress` or `owner`.
     */
    function _isSenderApprovedOrOwner(
        address approvedAddress,
        address owner,
        address msgSender
    ) private pure returns (bool result) {
        assembly {
            // Mask `owner` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            owner := and(owner, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // Mask `msgSender` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
            msgSender := and(msgSender, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
            // `msgSender == owner || msgSender == approvedAddress`.
            result := or(eq(msgSender, owner), eq(msgSender, approvedAddress))
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the storage slot and value for the approved address of `tokenId`.
     */
    function _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(uint256 tokenId)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress)
    {
        ERC721AStorage.TokenApprovalRef storage tokenApproval = ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId];
        // The following is equivalent to `approvedAddress = _tokenApprovals[tokenId].value`.
        assembly {
            approvedAddressSlot := tokenApproval.slot
            approvedAddress := sload(approvedAddressSlot)
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                      TRANSFER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        if (address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked)) != from) revert TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
        if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
            if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        if (to == address(0)) revert TransferToZeroAddress();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // We can directly increment and decrement the balances.
            --ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from]; // Updates: `balance -= 1`.
            ++ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to]; // Updates: `balance += 1`.
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the next owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of transfering.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED | _nextExtraData(from, to, prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public payable virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '');
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) public payable virtual override {
        transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
        if (to.code.length != 0)
            if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data)) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * are about to be transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called before burning one token.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after a set of serially-ordered token IDs
     * have been transferred. This includes minting.
     * And also called after one token has been burned.
     *
     * `startTokenId` - the first token ID to be transferred.
     * `quantity` - the amount to be transferred.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` has been
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` has been minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` has been burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfers(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 startTokenId,
        uint256 quantity
    ) internal virtual {}
    /**
     * @dev Private function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target contract.
     *
     * `from` - Previous owner of the given token ID.
     * `to` - Target address that will receive the token.
     * `tokenId` - Token ID to be transferred.
     * `_data` - Optional data to send along with the call.
     *
     * Returns whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value.
     */
    function _checkContractOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory _data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        try
            ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received(_msgSenderERC721A(), from, tokenId, _data)
        returns (bytes4 retval) {
            return retval == ERC721A__IERC721ReceiverUpgradeable(to).onERC721Received.selector;
        } catch (bytes memory reason) {
            if (reason.length == 0) {
                revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
            } else {
                assembly {
                    revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                }
            }
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        MINT OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are incredibly unrealistic.
        // `balance` and `numberMinted` have a maximum limit of 2**64.
        // `tokenId` has a maximum limit of 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            uint256 toMasked;
            uint256 end = startTokenId + quantity;
            // Use assembly to loop and emit the `Transfer` event for gas savings.
            // The duplicated `log4` removes an extra check and reduces stack juggling.
            // The assembly, together with the surrounding Solidity code, have been
            // delicately arranged to nudge the compiler into producing optimized opcodes.
            assembly {
                // Mask `to` to the lower 160 bits, in case the upper bits somehow aren't clean.
                toMasked := and(to, _BITMASK_ADDRESS)
                // Emit the `Transfer` event.
                log4(
                    0, // Start of data (0, since no data).
                    0, // End of data (0, since no data).
                    _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, // Signature.
                    0, // `address(0)`.
                    toMasked, // `to`.
                    startTokenId // `tokenId`.
                )
                // The `iszero(eq(,))` check ensures that large values of `quantity`
                // that overflows uint256 will make the loop run out of gas.
                // The compiler will optimize the `iszero` away for performance.
                for {
                    let tokenId := add(startTokenId, 1)
                } iszero(eq(tokenId, end)) {
                    tokenId := add(tokenId, 1)
                } {
                    // Emit the `Transfer` event. Similar to above.
                    log4(0, 0, _TRANSFER_EVENT_SIGNATURE, 0, toMasked, tokenId)
                }
            }
            if (toMasked == 0) revert MintToZeroAddress();
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = end;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * This function is intended for efficient minting only during contract creation.
     *
     * It emits only one {ConsecutiveTransfer} as defined in
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309),
     * instead of a sequence of {Transfer} event(s).
     *
     * Calling this function outside of contract creation WILL make your contract
     * non-compliant with the ERC721 standard.
     * For full ERC721 compliance, substituting ERC721 {Transfer} event(s) with the ERC2309
     * {ConsecutiveTransfer} event is only permissible during contract creation.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * Emits a {ConsecutiveTransfer} event.
     */
    function _mintERC2309(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        uint256 startTokenId = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
        if (to == address(0)) revert MintToZeroAddress();
        if (quantity == 0) revert MintZeroQuantity();
        if (quantity > _MAX_MINT_ERC2309_QUANTITY_LIMIT) revert MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
        _beforeTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
        // Overflows are unrealistic due to the above check for `quantity` to be below the limit.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance += quantity`.
            // - `numberMinted += quantity`.
            //
            // We can directly add to the `balance` and `numberMinted`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[to] += quantity * ((1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_MINTED) | 1);
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of minting.
            // - `burned` to `false`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `quantity == 1`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[startTokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                to,
                _nextInitializedFlag(quantity) | _nextExtraData(address(0), to, 0)
            );
            emit ConsecutiveTransfer(startTokenId, startTokenId + quantity - 1, address(0), to);
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex = startTokenId + quantity;
        }
        _afterTokenTransfers(address(0), to, startTokenId, quantity);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `quantity` tokens and transfers them to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called for each safe transfer.
     * - `quantity` must be greater than 0.
     *
     * See {_mint}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event for each mint.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 quantity,
        bytes memory _data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, quantity);
        unchecked {
            if (to.code.length != 0) {
                uint256 end = ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex;
                uint256 index = end - quantity;
                do {
                    if (!_checkContractOnERC721Received(address(0), to, index++, _data)) {
                        revert TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
                    }
                } while (index < end);
                // Reentrancy protection.
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex != end) revert();
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_safeMint(to, quantity, '')`.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 quantity) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, quantity, '');
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       APPROVAL OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_approve(to, tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _approve(to, tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bool approvalCheck
    ) internal virtual {
        address owner = ownerOf(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck)
            if (_msgSenderERC721A() != owner)
                if (!isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSenderERC721A())) {
                    revert ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
                }
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._tokenApprovals[tokenId].value = to;
        emit Approval(owner, to, tokenId);
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                        BURN OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `_burn(tokenId, false)`.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _burn(tokenId, false);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId, bool approvalCheck) internal virtual {
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked = _packedOwnershipOf(tokenId);
        address from = address(uint160(prevOwnershipPacked));
        (uint256 approvedAddressSlot, address approvedAddress) = _getApprovedSlotAndAddress(tokenId);
        if (approvalCheck) {
            // The nested ifs save around 20+ gas over a compound boolean condition.
            if (!_isSenderApprovedOrOwner(approvedAddress, from, _msgSenderERC721A()))
                if (!isApprovedForAll(from, _msgSenderERC721A())) revert TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
        }
        _beforeTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Clear approvals from the previous owner.
        assembly {
            if approvedAddress {
                // This is equivalent to `delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId]`.
                sstore(approvedAddressSlot, 0)
            }
        }
        // Underflow of the sender's balance is impossible because we check for
        // ownership above and the recipient's balance can't realistically overflow.
        // Counter overflow is incredibly unrealistic as `tokenId` would have to be 2**256.
        unchecked {
            // Updates:
            // - `balance -= 1`.
            // - `numberBurned += 1`.
            //
            // We can directly decrement the balance, and increment the number burned.
            // This is equivalent to `packed -= 1; packed += 1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED;`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedAddressData[from] += (1 << _BITPOS_NUMBER_BURNED) - 1;
            // Updates:
            // - `address` to the last owner.
            // - `startTimestamp` to the timestamp of burning.
            // - `burned` to `true`.
            // - `nextInitialized` to `true`.
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[tokenId] = _packOwnershipData(
                from,
                (_BITMASK_BURNED | _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED) | _nextExtraData(from, address(0), prevOwnershipPacked)
            );
            // If the next slot may not have been initialized (i.e. `nextInitialized == false`) .
            if (prevOwnershipPacked & _BITMASK_NEXT_INITIALIZED == 0) {
                uint256 nextTokenId = tokenId + 1;
                // If the next slot's address is zero and not burned (i.e. packed value is zero).
                if (ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] == 0) {
                    // If the next slot is within bounds.
                    if (nextTokenId != ERC721AStorage.layout()._currentIndex) {
                        // Initialize the next slot to maintain correctness for `ownerOf(tokenId + 1)`.
                        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[nextTokenId] = prevOwnershipPacked;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), tokenId);
        _afterTokenTransfers(from, address(0), tokenId, 1);
        // Overflow not possible, as _burnCounter cannot be exceed _currentIndex times.
        unchecked {
            ERC721AStorage.layout()._burnCounter++;
        }
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                     EXTRA DATA OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Directly sets the extra data for the ownership data `index`.
     */
    function _setExtraDataAt(uint256 index, uint24 extraData) internal virtual {
        uint256 packed = ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index];
        if (packed == 0) revert OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
        uint256 extraDataCasted;
        // Cast `extraData` with assembly to avoid redundant masking.
        assembly {
            extraDataCasted := extraData
        }
        packed = (packed & _BITMASK_EXTRA_DATA_COMPLEMENT) | (extraDataCasted << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        ERC721AStorage.layout()._packedOwnerships[index] = packed;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Called during each token transfer to set the 24bit `extraData` field.
     * Intended to be overridden by the cosumer contract.
     *
     * `previousExtraData` - the value of `extraData` before transfer.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `from`'s `tokenId` will be
     * transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, `tokenId` will be burned by `from`.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     */
    function _extraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint24 previousExtraData
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint24) {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the next extra data for the packed ownership data.
     * The returned result is shifted into position.
     */
    function _nextExtraData(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 prevOwnershipPacked
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        uint24 extraData = uint24(prevOwnershipPacked >> _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA);
        return uint256(_extraData(from, to, extraData)) << _BITPOS_EXTRA_DATA;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                       OTHER OPERATIONS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the message sender (defaults to `msg.sender`).
     *
     * If you are writing GSN compatible contracts, you need to override this function.
     */
    function _msgSenderERC721A() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Converts a uint256 to its ASCII string decimal representation.
     */
    function _toString(uint256 value) internal pure virtual returns (string memory str) {
        assembly {
            // The maximum value of a uint256 contains 78 digits (1 byte per digit), but
            // we allocate 0xa0 bytes to keep the free memory pointer 32-byte word aligned.
            // We will need 1 word for the trailing zeros padding, 1 word for the length,
            // and 3 words for a maximum of 78 digits. Total: 5 * 0x20 = 0xa0.
            let m := add(mload(0x40), 0xa0)
            // Update the free memory pointer to allocate.
            mstore(0x40, m)
            // Assign the `str` to the end.
            str := sub(m, 0x20)
            // Zeroize the slot after the string.
            mstore(str, 0)
            // Cache the end of the memory to calculate the length later.
            let end := str
            // We write the string from rightmost digit to leftmost digit.
            // The following is essentially a do-while loop that also handles the zero case.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let temp := value } 1 {} {
                str := sub(str, 1)
                // Write the character to the pointer.
                // The ASCII index of the '0' character is 48.
                mstore8(str, add(48, mod(temp, 10)))
                // Keep dividing `temp` until zero.
                temp := div(temp, 10)
                // prettier-ignore
                if iszero(temp) { break }
            }
            let length := sub(end, str)
            // Move the pointer 32 bytes leftwards to make room for the length.
            str := sub(str, 0x20)
            // Store the length.
            mstore(str, length)
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import './IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
import '../ERC721A__Initializable.sol';
/**
 * @title ERC721AQueryable.
 *
 * @dev ERC721A subclass with convenience query functions.
 */
abstract contract ERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is
    ERC721A__Initializable,
    ERC721AUpgradeable,
    IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable
{
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {
        __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained();
    }
    function __ERC721AQueryable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializingERC721A {}
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (TokenOwnership memory) {
        TokenOwnership memory ownership;
        if (tokenId < _startTokenId() || tokenId >= _nextTokenId()) {
            return ownership;
        }
        ownership = _ownershipAt(tokenId);
        if (ownership.burned) {
            return ownership;
        }
        return _ownershipOf(tokenId);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] calldata tokenIds)
        external
        view
        virtual
        override
        returns (TokenOwnership[] memory)
    {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = tokenIds.length;
            TokenOwnership[] memory ownerships = new TokenOwnership[](tokenIdsLength);
            for (uint256 i; i != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownerships[i] = explicitOwnershipOf(tokenIds[i]);
            }
            return ownerships;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            if (start >= stop) revert InvalidQueryRange();
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            uint256 stopLimit = _nextTokenId();
            // Set `start = max(start, _startTokenId())`.
            if (start < _startTokenId()) {
                start = _startTokenId();
            }
            // Set `stop = min(stop, stopLimit)`.
            if (stop > stopLimit) {
                stop = stopLimit;
            }
            uint256 tokenIdsMaxLength = balanceOf(owner);
            // Set `tokenIdsMaxLength = min(balanceOf(owner), stop - start)`,
            // to cater for cases where `balanceOf(owner)` is too big.
            if (start < stop) {
                uint256 rangeLength = stop - start;
                if (rangeLength < tokenIdsMaxLength) {
                    tokenIdsMaxLength = rangeLength;
                }
            } else {
                tokenIdsMaxLength = 0;
            }
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsMaxLength);
            if (tokenIdsMaxLength == 0) {
                return tokenIds;
            }
            // We need to call `explicitOwnershipOf(start)`,
            // because the slot at `start` may not be initialized.
            TokenOwnership memory ownership = explicitOwnershipOf(start);
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            // If the starting slot exists (i.e. not burned), initialize `currOwnershipAddr`.
            // `ownership.address` will not be zero, as `start` is clamped to the valid token ID range.
            if (!ownership.burned) {
                currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
            }
            for (uint256 i = start; i != stop && tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsMaxLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            // Downsize the array to fit.
            assembly {
                mstore(tokenIds, tokenIdsIdx)
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 tokenIdsIdx;
            address currOwnershipAddr;
            uint256 tokenIdsLength = balanceOf(owner);
            uint256[] memory tokenIds = new uint256[](tokenIdsLength);
            TokenOwnership memory ownership;
            for (uint256 i = _startTokenId(); tokenIdsIdx != tokenIdsLength; ++i) {
                ownership = _ownershipAt(i);
                if (ownership.burned) {
                    continue;
                }
                if (ownership.addr != address(0)) {
                    currOwnershipAddr = ownership.addr;
                }
                if (currOwnershipAddr == owner) {
                    tokenIds[tokenIdsIdx++] = i;
                }
            }
            return tokenIds;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
import '../IERC721AUpgradeable.sol';
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721AQueryable.
 */
interface IERC721AQueryableUpgradeable is IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * Invalid query range (`start` >= `stop`).
     */
    error InvalidQueryRange();
    /**
     * @dev Returns the `TokenOwnership` struct at `tokenId` without reverting.
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is out of bounds:
     *
     * - `addr = address(0)`
     * - `startTimestamp = 0`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = 0`
     *
     * If the `tokenId` is burned:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner before token was burned>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp when token was burned>`
     * - `burned = true`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data when token was burned>`
     *
     * Otherwise:
     *
     * - `addr = <Address of owner>`
     * - `startTimestamp = <Timestamp of start of ownership>`
     * - `burned = false`
     * - `extraData = <Extra data at start of ownership>`
     */
    function explicitOwnershipOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (TokenOwnership memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of `TokenOwnership` structs at `tokenIds` in order.
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-explicitOwnershipOf}
     */
    function explicitOwnershipsOf(uint256[] memory tokenIds) external view returns (TokenOwnership[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`,
     * in the range [`start`, `stop`)
     * (i.e. `start <= tokenId < stop`).
     *
     * This function allows for tokens to be queried if the collection
     * grows too big for a single call of {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwner}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `start < stop`
     */
    function tokensOfOwnerIn(
        address owner,
        uint256 start,
        uint256 stop
    ) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns an array of token IDs owned by `owner`.
     *
     * This function scans the ownership mapping and is O(`totalSupply`) in complexity.
     * It is meant to be called off-chain.
     *
     * See {ERC721AQueryable-tokensOfOwnerIn} for splitting the scan into
     * multiple smaller scans if the collection is large enough to cause
     * an out-of-gas error (10K collections should be fine).
     */
    function tokensOfOwner(address owner) external view returns (uint256[] memory);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// ERC721A Contracts v4.2.3
// Creator: Chiru Labs
pragma solidity ^0.8.4;
/**
 * @dev Interface of ERC721A.
 */
interface IERC721AUpgradeable {
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error ApprovalCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error ApprovalQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * Cannot query the balance for the zero address.
     */
    error BalanceQueryForZeroAddress();
    /**
     * Cannot mint to the zero address.
     */
    error MintToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The quantity of tokens minted must be more than zero.
     */
    error MintZeroQuantity();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error OwnerQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     */
    error TransferCallerNotOwnerNorApproved();
    /**
     * The token must be owned by `from`.
     */
    error TransferFromIncorrectOwner();
    /**
     * Cannot safely transfer to a contract that does not implement the
     * ERC721Receiver interface.
     */
    error TransferToNonERC721ReceiverImplementer();
    /**
     * Cannot transfer to the zero address.
     */
    error TransferToZeroAddress();
    /**
     * The token does not exist.
     */
    error URIQueryForNonexistentToken();
    /**
     * The `quantity` minted with ERC2309 exceeds the safety limit.
     */
    error MintERC2309QuantityExceedsLimit();
    /**
     * The `extraData` cannot be set on an unintialized ownership slot.
     */
    error OwnershipNotInitializedForExtraData();
    // =============================================================
    //                            STRUCTS
    // =============================================================
    struct TokenOwnership {
        // The address of the owner.
        address addr;
        // Stores the start time of ownership with minimal overhead for tokenomics.
        uint64 startTimestamp;
        // Whether the token has been burned.
        bool burned;
        // Arbitrary data similar to `startTimestamp` that can be set via {_extraData}.
        uint24 extraData;
    }
    // =============================================================
    //                         TOKEN COUNTERS
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total number of tokens in existence.
     * Burned tokens will reduce the count.
     * To get the total number of tokens minted, please see {_totalMinted}.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC165
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * [EIP section](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified)
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                            IERC721
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables
     * (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in `owner`'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`,
     * checking first that contract recipients are aware of the ERC721 protocol
     * to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move
     * this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement
     * {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Equivalent to `safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, '')`.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom}
     * whenever possible.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token
     * by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the
     * zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom}
     * for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    // =============================================================
    //                        IERC721Metadata
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
    // =============================================================
    //                           IERC2309
    // =============================================================
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when tokens in `fromTokenId` to `toTokenId`
     * (inclusive) is transferred from `from` to `to`, as defined in the
     * [ERC2309](https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2309) standard.
     *
     * See {_mintERC2309} for more details.
     */
    event ConsecutiveTransfer(uint256 indexed fromTokenId, uint256 toTokenId, address indexed from, address indexed to);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
interface IOperatorFilterRegistry {
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is not filtered for a given token, either by address or codeHash. Also returns
     *         true if supplied registrant address is not registered.
     */
    function isOperatorAllowed(address registrant, address operator) external view returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     */
    function register(address registrant) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and "subscribes" to another address's filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function registerAndSubscribe(address registrant, address subscription) external;
    /**
     * @notice Registers an address with the registry and copies the filtered operators and codeHashes from another
     *         address without subscribing.
     */
    function registerAndCopyEntries(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unregisters an address with the registry and removes its subscription. May be called by address itself or by EIP-173 owner.
     *         Note that this does not remove any filtered addresses or codeHashes.
     *         Also note that any subscriptions to this registrant will still be active and follow the existing filtered addresses and codehashes.
     */
    function unregister(address addr) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update an operator address for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operator is filtered.
     */
    function updateOperator(address registrant, address operator, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple operators for a registered address - when filtered is true, the operators will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateOperators(address registrant, address[] calldata operators, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update a codeHash for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHash is filtered.
     */
    function updateCodeHash(address registrant, bytes32 codehash, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Update multiple codeHashes for a registered address - when filtered is true, the codeHashes will be filtered. Reverts on duplicates.
     */
    function updateCodeHashes(address registrant, bytes32[] calldata codeHashes, bool filtered) external;
    /**
     * @notice Subscribe an address to another registrant's filtered operators and codeHashes. Will remove previous
     *         subscription if present.
     *         Note that accounts with subscriptions may go on to subscribe to other accounts - in this case,
     *         subscriptions will not be forwarded. Instead the former subscription's existing entries will still be
     *         used.
     */
    function subscribe(address registrant, address registrantToSubscribe) external;
    /**
     * @notice Unsubscribe an address from its current subscribed registrant, and optionally copy its filtered operators and codeHashes.
     */
    function unsubscribe(address registrant, bool copyExistingEntries) external;
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscription address of a given registrant, if any.
     */
    function subscriptionOf(address addr) external returns (address registrant);
    /**
     * @notice Get the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscribers(address registrant) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Get the subscriber at a given index in the set of addresses subscribed to a given registrant.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function subscriberAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Copy filtered operators and codeHashes from a different registrantToCopy to addr.
     */
    function copyEntriesOf(address registrant, address registrantToCopy) external;
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if operator is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isOperatorFiltered(address registrant, address operator) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if the hash of an address's code is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashOfFiltered(address registrant, address operatorWithCode) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if a codeHash is filtered by a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function isCodeHashFiltered(address registrant, bytes32 codeHash) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @notice Returns a list of filtered operators for a given address or its subscription.
     */
    function filteredOperators(address addr) external returns (address[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the set of filtered codeHashes for a given address or its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashes(address addr) external returns (bytes32[] memory);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered operator at the given index of the set of filtered operators for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredOperatorAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (address);
    /**
     * @notice Returns the filtered codeHash at the given index of the list of filtered codeHashes for a given address or
     *         its subscription.
     *         Note that order is not guaranteed as updates are made.
     */
    function filteredCodeHashAt(address registrant, uint256 index) external returns (bytes32);
    /**
     * @notice Returns true if an address has registered
     */
    function isRegistered(address addr) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Convenience method to compute the code hash of an arbitrary contract
     */
    function codeHashOf(address addr) external returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
address constant CANONICAL_OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY_ADDRESS = 0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E;
address constant CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION = 0x3cc6CddA760b79bAfa08dF41ECFA224f810dCeB6;
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {OperatorFiltererUpgradeable} from "./OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.sol";
import {CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION} from "../lib/Constants.sol";
/**
 * @title  DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Inherits from OperatorFiltererUpgradeable and automatically subscribes to the default OpenSea subscription
 *         when the init function is called.
 */
abstract contract DefaultOperatorFiltererUpgradeable is OperatorFiltererUpgradeable {
    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being deployed.
    function __DefaultOperatorFilterer_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        OperatorFiltererUpgradeable.__OperatorFilterer_init(CANONICAL_CORI_SUBSCRIPTION, true);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;
import {IOperatorFilterRegistry} from "../IOperatorFilterRegistry.sol";
import {Initializable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";
/**
 * @title  OperatorFiltererUpgradeable
 * @notice Abstract contract whose constructor automatically registers and optionally subscribes to or copies another
 *         registrant's entries in the OperatorFilterRegistry when the init function is called.
 * @dev    This smart contract is meant to be inherited by token contracts so they can use the following:
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperator` modifier for `transferFrom` and `safeTransferFrom` methods.
 *         - `onlyAllowedOperatorApproval` modifier for `approve` and `setApprovalForAll` methods.
 */
abstract contract OperatorFiltererUpgradeable is Initializable {
    /// @notice Emitted when an operator is not allowed.
    error OperatorNotAllowed(address operator);
    IOperatorFilterRegistry constant OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY =
        IOperatorFilterRegistry(0x000000000000AAeB6D7670E522A718067333cd4E);
    /// @dev The upgradeable initialize function that should be called when the contract is being upgraded.
    function __OperatorFilterer_init(address subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy, bool subscribe)
        internal
        onlyInitializing
    {
        // If an inheriting token contract is deployed to a network without the registry deployed, the modifier
        // will not revert, but the contract will need to be registered with the registry once it is deployed in
        // order for the modifier to filter addresses.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isRegistered(address(this))) {
                if (subscribe) {
                    OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndSubscribe(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                } else {
                    if (subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy != address(0)) {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.registerAndCopyEntries(address(this), subscriptionOrRegistrantToCopy);
                    } else {
                        OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.register(address(this));
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperator(address from) virtual {
        // Allow spending tokens from addresses with balance
        // Note that this still allows listings and marketplaces with escrow to transfer tokens if transferred
        // from an EOA.
        if (from != msg.sender) {
            _checkFilterOperator(msg.sender);
        }
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper modifier to check if the operator approval is allowed.
     */
    modifier onlyAllowedOperatorApproval(address operator) virtual {
        _checkFilterOperator(operator);
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev A helper function to check if the operator is allowed.
     */
    function _checkFilterOperator(address operator) internal view virtual {
        // Check registry code length to facilitate testing in environments without a deployed registry.
        if (address(OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY).code.length > 0) {
            // under normal circumstances, this function will revert rather than return false, but inheriting or
            // upgraded contracts may specify their own OperatorFilterRegistry implementations, which may behave
            // differently
            if (!OPERATOR_FILTER_REGISTRY.isOperatorAllowed(address(this), operator)) {
                revert OperatorNotAllowed(operator);
            }
        }
    }
}